Quarterlytics / Real Estate - Development / Inland Homes Plc

Inland Homes Plc

inl · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker inl
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Real Estate - Development
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Inland Homes Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Inland
homes

Inland
homes

BREATHING LIFE INTO LAND

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2018

I

n

l

a

n

d

h

o

m

e

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

0

J

u

n

e

2

0

1

8

S

t

o

c

k

C

o

d

e

:

I

N

L

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   3

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7

10/9/2018   8:17:12 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Welcome to Inland Homes plc  

Strategic report

Year in summary  
A focused portfolio  
Chairman’s statement  
Chief Executive’s review  
Key aspects of our marketplace  
Our agile business model  
Our strategy  
Our KPIs  
Our principal risks  
Portfolio review  
Church Road, Ashford case study  
Finance Director’s review  
Corporate and Social Responsibility  
Chapel Riverside, Southampton case study  

Governance

Board of Directors  
Corporate Governance statement  
Remuneration Committee report 
Audit Committee report  
Directors’ report  

Financial statements

Independent Auditor’s report  
Group income statement  
Statements of financial position  
Statements of changes in equity  
Group statement of cash flows  
Notes to the financial statements  
Five year summary  
List of definitions  
Advisers and company information  

 01

 04
 06
 08
 10
 14
 16
 20
 22
 24
 30
 34
 36
 40
 46

 50
 52
 58
 64
 65

70
 75
76
77
78
79
113
 114
 116

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   4

10/9/2018   8:17:12 PM

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7 

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7

Welcome to  
Inland Homes plc 

Who we are
Inland Homes is an established land regeneration business, focused on developing 
sites in the South and South-East of England for residential and mixed-use projects. 
Our foundations have been built on a proactive and decisive approach to identifying the 
right land opportunities, and our ability to navigate the complex planning system and 
maximising the potential of the final development.

Our versatile structure, local insight and opportunistic approach gives us a competitive 
advantage, ensuring we can react fast to secure the sites we want at a price that provides 
healthy returns. Once secured, our knowledge of and relationships with local authorities, 
and the wealth of experience in our land and planning teams, means that we are able to 
secure a valuable planning consent for the sites we own and manage.

We have a clear and agile business model giving us the flexibility to realise value in the 
land bank through consented plot sales, private housebuilding, Partnership Housing  
deals with Registered Providers and Private Rented Sector operators or rental income 
from investment property. Our ambitious developments, combining style, comfort and 
sustainability for a wide social demographic, deliver appropriate rewards for our business, 
our shareholders and stakeholders, and the local community. Increasingly, we are utilising 
our own land bank to grow our housebuilding operations and this growth will continue to 
optimise our revenue profile.

Our highly experienced management and specialist development teams successfully 
identify and secure suitable land opportunities and thereafter maximise each project’s 
potential. Our planning team, which has over 85 years combined experience, has a long 
track record of securing planning permissions across all our sites.

Sustainability is at the heart of everything we do. Ensuring sustainable operations and 
developments is of paramount importance, and our commitment to this helps to ensure 
that we can continue as a successful business.

Why invest in Inland Homes?
• Strong management team

• Adding value throughout the planning process

• Well-located land portfolio in the South and South-East of England

• Unrealised value within the land bank

• Capturing further value through private and partnership housebuilding activities

Above: artist’s impression of 
Carter’s Quay, Poole

Cover: Meridian Waterside, 
Southampton

Read our online annual report at  
www.inlandhomesplc. 
annualreport2018.com

Read more online at  
www.inlandhomesplc.com  
and www.inlandhomes.co.uk

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

01

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   1

10/9/2018   8:17:15 PM

 
 
Cheshunt Lakeside, 
Hertfordshire

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   2

10/9/2018   8:17:16 PM

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7 

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7

STRATEGIC 
REPORT

Year in summary 

A focused portfolio 

Chairman’s statement  

Chief Executive’s review  

Key aspects of our marketplace  

Our agile business model  

Our strategy  

Our KPIs  

Our principal risks  

Portfolio review  

Church Road, Ashford case study  

Finance Director’s review  

Corporate and Social Responsibility  

Chapel Riverside, Southampton case study  

 04 

  06 

 08 

  10 

  14 

  16 

  20 

 22 

 24 

 30 

 34 

 36 

 40 

 46 

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7 

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   3

10/9/2018   8:17:17 PM

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7

Stock code: INL04INLAND HOMESANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORTYear in summaryHousebuilding  activities Highlights• EPRA NAV1 growth of 6.3%• Recurring profit before tax up 6.6%• Private housing forward order book  of £19.7m and Partnership Housing  construction order book of c£100m• 682 homes under constructionp.08  Chairman’s statementp.10  Chief Executive’s reviewp.36  Finance Director’s reviewOur market• Planning approvals 5% above 10-year average• 2.2% year-on-year increase in UK house pricesp.14  Key aspects of our marketplaceOur portfolio• Maintained healthy land bank at 6,870 plots  with an anticipated gross development value  of £2.1 billionp.06  A focused portfolioOur responsibility• One million hours with zero AFR• First supply chain conference in November 2017• Considerate Constructors Scheme  score of 39 out of 50p.40  Corporate and Social Responsibilityp.46  Case study: Chapel Riverside, SouthamptonLargest ever planning application submitted for 1,853 homes and  over 18,000m2 of commercial space at Cheshunt LakesideOur business modelConstruction  activitiesLand  activitiesp.16  Our agile business modelInland Homes has made strong operational and strategic progressp.10  Chief Executive’s reviewInland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   410/9/2018   8:17:18 PMwww.inlandhomesplc.com05INLAND HOMESSTRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 Our performancep.08  Chairman’s statementp.22  Our KPIsp.30  Portfolio reviewp.36  Finance Director’s reviewOur risk profilep.24  Our principal risksp.48  GovernanceOur main priorities for 2018/19• Procure planning consent at Wilton Park and  Cheshunt Lakeside• Increase our Partnership Housing business• Build on our new modular housing initiatives  p.10  Chief Executive’s reviewp.20  Our strategy£95m contract for sale  and development  of Church Road, AshfordRevenue£147.4m2017: £90.7m+62.5%Earnings per share7.64p2017: 7.82p-2.3%Dividend per share2.20p2017: 1.70p+29.4%Recurring profit before tax£19.3m2017: £18.1m+6.6%EPRA NAV  per share1102.28p2017: 96.22p+6.3%Year end cash  balance£40.4m2017: £26.5mPrivate housing  units sold2752017: 188+46.3%Land plots  sold8372017: 780+7.3%1 On an undiluted basis.Pre-let for £0.6m pa to  Premier Inn for 46,000 sq ft,  105 room hotel in Bournemouthp.30  Portfolio reviewp.30  Portfolio reviewp.34  Case study: Church Road, AshfordInland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   510/9/2018   8:17:21 PMANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

A focused portfolio

Land bank plots

6,870

2017: 6,776

8,000
7,000
6,000
5,000
4,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
0

8,000
7,000
6,000
5,000
4,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
0

1,163

2,105

1,708

5,518

4,671 5,162

1,200

3,976

1,318

2,416

2014   2015

2016 

2017 

2018

8,000
7,000
6,000
5,000
4,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
0

2,105

2,034

1,708

1,606

4,671

3,813

5,162

4,502

Total

Group share Total Group share

2017

2018

Plots without planning permission
Plots with planning permission

300

275

808

743

12

6,776

6,780

2017

Acquisitions

Density 
increase

House 
sales

Land 
sales1

Other

2018

1 In addition to the 743 plots above, 94 plots were sold into a 50% joint venture 
  and therefore remain in the year end land bank figure.

p.30   Portfolio review

Our land portfolio currently 
consists of 6,870 plots with 
the vast majority in the  
South and South-East of 
England. The size of each 
site ranges from under 50 
plots to over 1,350 plots.

We are continuing to focus on acquiring a 
mix of brownfield sites, as well as strategic 
land, which is usually greenfield land, 
acquired with the knowledge that it is 
suitable for development at a later date. The 
strategic sites in our land bank have the 
potential for almost 3,000 residential plots 
across 500 acres and typically have a two to 
five year timeline for planning permission.

We are targeting large brownfield sites 
that are appropriate for residentially led 
mixed-use regeneration schemes. While 
we have been involved in these projects for 
some time now, we are looking to expand 
this area to maximise the opportunities and 
value available.

We are continuing to focus 
on acquiring a mix  
of brownfield sites, as well 
as strategic land.

We are also pushing to enhance the 
number of collaborative joint ventures with 
institutional landowners. Institutions such 
as the MOD, NHS and local authorities often 
have surplus land but not the skill  
set or commercial drivers that we have at 
our disposal.

While our core focus has always been, 
and will continue to be, acquiring and 
developing brownfield sites, we are 
establishing ourselves as a respected 
housebuilder in our own right both for 
ourselves and on behalf of others as part  
of Partnership Housing deals. This allows 
us to take more control of our sites and 
ensures a higher build quality while 
maximising value generated for the Group.

Abbey Wharf, Alperton

Berryfields, Tiptree

06

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   6

10/9/2018   8:17:24 PM

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Sites under 
construction

Other Inland 
sites

Strategic land

Ipswich

Cressing

Colchester

Braintree

Basildon

Billericay

Little Chalfont

Garston

Meppershall

Cheshunt

Holmer Green

Elstree

Alperton

Fulmer
Iver

Colnbrook

Staines

Southall

Ashford

Birmingham

Hazlemere

High Wycombe

Chesham

Hyde Heath

Amersham

Beaconsfield

Slough

Maidenhead

Datchet

Farnborough

Bournemouth

Poole

Southampton

Queensgate, Farnborough

St John’s, Chelmsford

Castle House, High Wycombe

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

07

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   7

10/9/2018   8:17:27 PM

   
   
 
   
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Chairman’s statement

“Despite potential political and regulatory 
headwinds, the overall health of the  
sector is positive, particularly the part  
of the market in which we operate and 
where we believe there will continue to  
be ongoing support for the products that 
we are offering.”

Terry Roydon  
Chairman

Overview
This has been another strong year for the 
Group, both operationally, our activity 
delivering healthy growth in revenues, 
profit and net asset value, as well as 
strategically as we continue to pivot 
the business towards a more robust, 
diversified and adaptable model. Revenues 
are being generated from housebuilding, 
brownfield site regeneration, land sales, 
partnerships with Housing Associations, 
whilst at the same time we are growing 
our exposure to the Private Rented Sector 
and social housing. Our priority is to build 
on the strong financial performance 
during the period and, with a significantly 
enlarged, highly qualified team in place, 
we believe we are now in a position to 
effectively manage this increasingly broad 
range of activity and to meet our growth 
ambitions for Inland Homes.

Revenue increased to £147.4m (2017: 
£90.7m) with the completion of 275  
open market homes (2017: 188) and  
79 partnership equivalents (2017: 37) as 
well as the sale of a record number of 
837 building plots (2017: 780). Despite 
these sales and the use of plots for our 
own developments, we were still able to 
increase the size of the land bank to 6,870 
plots (2017: 6,776) which demonstrates the 
scale of the underlying activity levels. 

Results and dividend
The Group achieved recurring profit of 
£19.3m (2017: £18.1m), an increase of 6.6%. 
The undiluted EPRA net asset value per 
share has increased by 6.3%, from 96.22p 
to 102.28p per share, while net asset 
value per share has increased by 9.0% to 
70.46p (2017: 64.62p). In August 2018, we 
extended the maturity of the zero dividend 
preference shares from 10 April 2019 to 
10 April 2024. We are also in discussions 
with a number of banks to increase our 
revolving credit facility to support our 
expanding housebuilding operations.

On the back of another strong set of 
results and the continued progress 
being made by the Group, the Board has 
recommended an increase in the payment 
of a final dividend by 29.2% from 1.20p to 
1.55p per share subject to shareholder 
approval at the Annual General Meeting 
to be held on 27 November 2018. This 
together with the interim dividend of 0.65p 
(2017: 0.50p) per share equates to a total 
dividend of 2.20p (2017: 1.70p) per share, 
an increase of 29.4%.

Operations
Following a considerable and carefully 
executed recruitment programme, we 
now have a high-quality and scalable 
construction business in place. At the 
same time, the land team has also 
been strengthened and is well placed to 
manage the significant number of pipeline 
opportunities ahead of us.

Our in-house construction team is 
increasingly focused on the delivery 
of Partnership Housing, where we can 
provide turnkey developments for  
Housing Associations, other public bodies 
and operators in the Private Rented  
Sector. Our order book currently stands  
at circa £100m. 

In March, we submitted our largest 
planning application to date, for  
1,853 homes at Cheshunt Lakeside, the 
former Tesco headquarters. It is the major 
brownfield site in Broxbourne Borough 
and we are working very closely with the 
Council to ensure early delivery. We are 
anticipating a resolution to grant planning 
permission before the end of the year.

The planning application at our flagship 
scheme at Wilton Park, Beaconsfield 
has now been submitted for over a year. 
Although progress has been slower 
than we would have anticipated we 
remain in active dialogue with the local 
authority on the 100-acre site, which it 
has allocated for development. Whilst 
we are confident that we will achieve 
the necessary permissions, we are 
considering the options open to us over 
the coming months. In the meantime, the 
site continues to produce rental income of 
approximately £1.5m per annum. 

08

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   8

10/9/2018   8:17:28 PM

STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Outlook
Despite wider market uncertainty, we 
continue to see robust demand for our 
products, whether it be consented land 
or affordably priced homes. Whilst prices 
have softened slightly in the Greater 
London area and the industry awaits 
further clarity on the long term future 
of the Help to Buy scheme, we are well 
positioned through our increasingly 
diverse revenue streams to benefit from 
the fundamental lack of suitable housing 
in our target markets. We have delivered 
significant progress this year and strong 
financial metrics and now have a platform 
in place that provides excellent visibility 
over our future growth ambitions.

Terry Roydon
Chairman
19 September 2018

Corporate Governance
With effect from 28 September 2018, all 
AIM companies are required to adopt 
a recognised corporate governance 
code and to make additional corporate 
governance related disclosures on their 
websites. I am pleased to announce 
that the Company has adopted the 
Quoted Companies Alliance’s Corporate 
Governance Code (QCA Code). 
Notwithstanding that the requirement 
to adopt a recognised code came into 
force after the date to which the Group’s 
financial statements have been prepared, 
we have prepared the relevant sections 
of our accounts as if the requirement to 
adopt that code had been in force during 
the financial year ended 30 June 2018. 

The Board
During the year we welcomed Laure Duhot 
and Brian Johnson to the Board as new 
Non-executive Directors. Laure brings 
over 30 years of senior executive level 
experience in the investment banking 
and property sectors, specialising in 
alternative real estate assets and Brian 
brings a wealth of sector expertise having 
held senior management and non-
executive positions within the housing, 
social care and commercial sectors. 

In another change to our Non-executive 
Board, we are pleased to announce the 
appointment of Simon Bennett as Senior 
Independent Director effective from  
13 September 2018. Simon has been an 

independent Non-executive Director 
since March 2007 and has chaired the 
Remuneration Committee since that date.

We were also pleased to add Gary Skinner 
to the Board as Managing Director in  
May 2018. Gary was previously Director  
of Operations at Willmott Dixon Housing, 
a privately-owned contracting and interior 
fit-out group, where he was responsible 
for the delivery of up to 1,000 homes 
per annum. Since joining the Group, in 
February 2016, Gary has had a tremendous 
impact and has been an integral part of 
our growth, having led the formation and 
expansion of our construction operations. 

As announced in February 2018, Paul 
Brett, our Land Director since 2011, 
decided to leave the Group to pursue his 
own interests and he stepped down from 
Board with effect from 16 April 2018 but 
will remain as a consultant to the Group, 
supporting, in particular, the ongoing 
planning application processes at its 
significant development opportunities at 
Wilton Park in Beaconsfield and  
Cheshunt Lakeside in Hertfordshire.  
On behalf of the Board, I should like to 
thank Paul for his contribution to the 
Group since its formation and wish him 
well in his new endeavours.

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

09

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   9

10/9/2018   8:17:28 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Chief Executive’s review

“This has been another strong year for 
the Group, both operationally, with our 
activity delivering healthy growth in 
revenues, profit and net asset value, as 
well as strategically as we continue to 
pivot the business towards a more robust, 
diversified and adaptable model.”

Stephen Wicks  
Chief Executive

We have had yet another very good 
year of further growth which has once 
again generated solid financial results, 
as management continues with the 
implementation of our expansion strategy 
and the diversification of the Group’s revenue 
streams.

where they seldom existed before. We have 
an outstanding track record over the last 
decade of managing schemes through the 
complex UK planning process and of tackling 
challenging sites, where our expertise 
can be deployed to the benefit of the wider 
community. 

In a changing environment it is important 
that the strategy evolves to take account of 
wider economic factors as well as specific 
industry issues, including affordability and 
efficient delivery, which are at the forefront of 
our thinking. Against this backdrop, the key 
components of our strategy include:

Over the last three years, we have built a 
highly accomplished construction division, 
now comprising 79 employees, which has 
the ability and experience to take on the 
most complex brownfield projects. Our core 
skillset at Inland Homes has always been the 
ability to source attractive land opportunities 
and secure planning permissions from 
challenging sites, for which key management 
has a successful, 25-year unbroken track 
record. By adding the building operations to 
our existing land platform, we have created 
a winning formula for the delivery of our 
new homes and, importantly, the capability 
to provide “turnkey” land and building 
partnerships to Housing Associations, PRS 
funds and local authorities. This element of 
our business is gathering momentum and 
we have circa £100m of Housing Association 
contracts in place for the delivery of over  
500 affordable homes over the next five 
years. The total number of units under 
construction, including both private and 
partnership homes, at the year end was  
over 680, a record for the Group.

Inland Homes has always taken an 
entrepreneurial approach to the growth of 
the business and we have a history of looking 
at things differently, focusing our efforts on 
finding and creating new opportunities 

10

INLAND HOMES

Our strategy
With this in mind, my job as Chief Executive 
of the Group is to execute the strategy 
formulated by the Board and to deliver it 
effectively, ultimately generating value for our 
shareholders. This time last year, I stated that 
our Group strategy continues to focus on the 
following four strategic goals:

• Increasing the size of our strategic  

land bank, including brownfield sites  
where residential development is  
expected; the tactical acquisition of sites 
which unlock future potential; and locations 
which will become key housebuilding 
terrain in the future.

• Adding value to our land bank by navigating 

what are often complex sites through 
the planning system, requiring a unique 
skillset, and selling them to other 
developers, realising attractive short term 
margins and generating cash to fund our 
operations.

• Maximising the value from our land bank 
through housing development and direct 
sales, as well as providing housebuilding 
services to other landowners.

• Ensuring a strong and flexible balance sheet 
by maintaining borrowings at a manageable 
level through a focus on cash management 
and with a maturity profile appropriate to 
our potential future cash flows.

New homes for sale
Maintain our focus on providing affordably 
priced (average sales price of £293,000), high 
quality homes, in those locations in the South 
and South-East of England.

Plot sales
Continue our policy of selling consented 
plots to third parties to generate cash and 
profitability, with a bias towards sales 
where our building division can secure the 
construction contract.

Partnership housing
Delivery of homes for Housing Associations 
where contract income will provide a regular 
positive cash flow and a contribution towards 
profit.

Land acquisition
Grow our land bank year-on-year through a 
mix of unconditional brownfield purchases 
and strategic land options.

Rental income
Improve the short term letting income  
from our residential and commercial  
assets whilst sites are going through the 
planning process.

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   10

10/9/2018   8:17:29 PM

STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

The units will be let to local authorities for 
a three to five-year period and the Company 
has an agreement with an experienced 
manufacturer that has the capacity to 
service our requirements. The Hugg 
units have an estimated 60-year lifespan 
and at the end of each lease period are 
transportable on a lorry to a new suitable 
location. 

We believe this new business will provide 
an additional significant and reliable 
income stream to our Group, whilst 
providing good quality homes for people in 
need at a significant saving to the taxpayer. 
They will be particularly attractive to local 
authorities where estate regeneration is 
taking place and where residents can be 
temporarily relocated within their own 
communities while works are completed.

Strategy evolution in action
In line with our efforts to consistently 
evolve our strategy against this changing 
market backdrop, we have two new 
embryonic businesses, established  
this year following significant research  
and viability assessments, that we  
believe will support our ambitions for 
sustainable growth.

Rosewood Housing
As announced on 22 August 2018, Rosewood 
Housing, a wholly owned subsidiary of 
Inland Homes, has been registered as a for 
profit provider of social housing by Homes 
England, the Regulator of Social Housing, 
following a two-year qualification period. 
This registration opens up the opportunity 
for Rosewood to develop, hold and manage 
certain section 106 homes, comprising a mix 
of rented and shared ownership units that 
need to remain within the regulated sector 
whilst owned by a Registered Provider.

In particular, the company expects to 
generate visible and attractive income from 
the “staircasing” of shared ownership homes, 
whereby residents can buy further shares in 
their property once they have lived in it for a 
certain period of time.

Once we have achieved critical mass in this 
specialist sub-sector, it may be appropriate 
for us to partner with an institutional investor 
to help deliver further portfolio growth. This 
activity will be highly complementary to our 
develop-to-sell strategy and will leverage the 
capabilities of our rapidly growing in-house 
construction division.

Hugg Homes
Based on current trends more than  
100,000 homeless families in England will 
be living in temporary accommodation soon. 
Since 2010, the number has grown by  
61% and in 2016 alone local authority spend  
on this form of housing - which is often  
in unsuitable and cramped bed and 
breakfast or hostel accommodation, with 
no stability - was a cost to the taxpayer 
of £845m, with many councils having to 
subsidise the accommodation beyond  
the local housing allowance.

Inland Homes has been working on a new 
modular housing product for some time, 
www.hugghomes.co.uk, based on a concept 
that provides high quality modular homes, 
offering a flexible and responsive solution 
to the housing shortage through bespoke 
temporary accommodation that is focused 
on sustainability and a commitment to 
design and manufacturing excellence.

Hugg Homes is based on a principle of  
using land that would be otherwise inactive 
during the planning process, enabling  
“pop up” developments in key locations. It 
will give local authorities the agility to react 
quickly to emerging temporary local housing 
requirements and ensure that vacant land is 
efficiently utilised in support of social needs.

The first temporary consents have been 
secured in Southampton, Hampshire and 
Cheshunt, Hertfordshire for a total of  
76 units with the first installation expected  
to be complete and occupied by the end of 
this calendar year.

First Rosewood Home;  
The Pheasant, Amersham

www.inlandhomesplc.com

Hugg Home show unit

INLAND HOMES

11

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   11

10/9/2018   8:17:31 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Chief Executive’s review continued

Inland Homes is making every effort to 
engage with the Council to resolve this 
matter to everyone’s satisfaction and 
discussions are continuing. Such delays 
caused by arguments over the level of 
affordable housing are one of the biggest 
causes of delays in the delivery of new 
homes in the UK; the battle continues! 

Cheshunt Lakeside, Hertfordshire
This is the largest project in the Inland 
portfolio where a planning application 
has been submitted for a new community 
of 1,853 homes and 200,000 sqft of 
commercial space, comprising a significant 
part of the former Tesco headquarters 
in Cheshunt, Hertfordshire together with 
other land we have assembled on this large 
scale brownfield opportunity. The local 
authority at Broxbourne are very supportive 
of our proposals and we are anticipating an 
early approval. 

This development will provide some 
significant project delivery opportunities to 
work on, alongside major PRS funds and 
Housing Associations as well as private 
sales. This scheme is held in a joint venture 
where there is an ability to buy out our 
partners, which is the current intention.

Ongoing projects
The Portfolio review will provide a detailed 
account of many of our projects, but I  
would like to comment on two key projects 
in particular:

Wilton Park, Beaconsfield, 
Buckinghamshire
Despite our 100% record in securing 
permissions, unfortunately the UK planning 
system continues to present challenges to 
us in certain instances.

The 100-acre site at Wilton Park, described 
by Savills as “the best residential 
development opportunity in Southern 
England” has an allocation for 350 homes 
and 2,100m2 of commercial space. We have 
now owned the site for over five years, 
guiding the project through to an adopted 
planning brief and a subsequent planning 
application, which has now been submitted 
for over a year. Developers are required to 
build Affordable Housing, as defined by local 
authority policy - in this case 40% of all 
homes built - unless it can be demonstrated 
through a Financial Viability Assessment 
(FVA) that it would not be viable to do so. 
While our FVA, which demonstrated that 
the delivery of the decreed 40% Affordable 
Housing at Wilton Park would be unviable 
due to heavy infrastructure costs, was 
signed off by a source approved by the 
Council, the Council has refused to accept 
the findings. It subsequently commissioned 
a further viability assessment which took 
six months to prepare and came to a similar 
conclusion, which, frustratingly, the Council 
is again refusing to accept.

Outlook 
Underpinning our overall strategy is the 
ongoing chronic shortage of housing across 
the UK, at various price points, and whilst 
this situation remains, we are confident 
that housebuilders like ourselves, as well 
as other stakeholders who are committed 
to solving this problem, will continue to be 
supported in their activities. We anticipate 
that any changes to the Help-to-Buy 
scheme come 2021 will impact those who 
are not first-time buyers and those looking 
at properties towards the higher end of the 
bracket and we’d expect the favourable 
borrowing environment to persist for the 
foreseeable future. Whilst the Greater 
London property market continues to be 
impacted by wider political uncertainty, 
values and demand in the Home Counties 
remains robust, supported by improving 
infrastructure investment and evidence of 
wage growth returning in the UK economy. 

Conclusion
2018 has been another busy year for Inland 
and we have made considerable strides 
which, importantly, are reflected in our 
full year results. I firmly believe that the 
component parts of this business are well 
balanced and provide a cohesive strategy 
for continuing and sustainable growth in 
the more uncertain environment over the 
short to medium term. Whilst there are 
challenges, we see great opportunities for 
us at Inland going forward.

Finally, I would like to extend my heartfelt 
thanks to the entire team at Inland Homes, 
without which the building of such a 
dynamic and successful business would not 
have been remotely possible.

Stephen Wicks  
Chief Executive
19 September 2018

Aerial view of Wilton Park site

Cheshunt Lakeside, Hertfordshire

12

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   12

10/9/2018   8:17:32 PM

Abbey Wharf, Alperton

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

13

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   13

10/9/2018   8:17:34 PM

Stock code: INL14INLAND HOMESANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORTKey aspects of our marketplace UK GDP 2018+1.4%ONS estimated figure for year ended 30 June 20182010/11Real and forecast GDP growth %01.01.52.02.53.02011/122012/132013/142014/152015/162016/172017/182018/192019/202020/212021/223.5Source: ONS/OBR%UK economyConsumer confidence and the health of the UK economy are fundamental to the UK housing market. The UK economy continued to grow in the 12 months to 30 June 2018, albeit more slowly than previously predicted. The EU referendum result in June 2016 led to some initial uncertainty for the UK economy but it has proven more resilient than forecast following the referendum. The latest estimates show that GDP has increased by 1.4% in the year to 2018, slightly below the 1.8% growth to June 2017. Unemployment rates and interest rates remain historically low, which support consumer sentiment. However, risks to demand remain within the UK economy as uncertainties resulting from the ongoing negotiations regarding the UK exit from the EU move forward.Government policy and planningPlanning approvals for the year were 5% above the 10-year average. However the process of securing implementable detailed planning consent remains challenging. While the planning system remains cumbersome and bureaucratic, there have been some improvements in recent years. However, further change is needed and the Government’s White Paper on planning has been broadly welcomed by the industry, as it seeks to address the problem of planning delays, including under-resourced planning authorities. The Government has announced planning reforms to improve land availability for new housing and to maximise the potential of underused land in towns and cities. This should support progress towards achieving the Government’s significant housebuilding targets in the future. Local planning authorities are required to put in place five-year plans to meet their housing needs, which in theory should ensure a consistent supply of consented land to enable the housebuilding industry to commit capital to long term projects. All political parties have recognised the need for additional housing, not just because of the chronic need for new homes but also because of the important role that housebuilding plays in the wider economy. Recent policy has focused on stimulating demand for home ownership through programmes such as Help to Buy. Commitment to the Help to Buy programme has been made to 2021 and the scheme was recently bolstered by an additional £10bn of funding, although we still await an update from the Government on the future of the Help to Buy scheme in the period after 2021. Additionally, the Government has committed a further £2bn of funding to deliver affordable homes and the National Planning Policy Framework is ensuring that all local authorities have a consistently calculated five-year supply of land for  new homes.Following the tragic events at Grenfell Tower, a wide-ranging inquiry has commenced to establish the causes and examine the responses to this disaster. Whilst focused on high-rise residential, the Government has required all housebuilders and property owners to review the fire strategy for all buildings built or refurbished since 2005.p.40  Corporate and Social ResponsibilityPlanning approvals above 10-year average by+5%Source: Nationwide1 Buckinghamshire, Hampshire, Oxfordshire  and Sussex2 Essex, Hertfordshire and SurreyUK House price index+2.2%1998200020022004200620082010201220142016201819941996101505(5)(10)252030Outer South East1Outer Metropolitan2UK(15)%Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   1410/9/2018   8:17:34 PMSTRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Supply and demand imbalance
There continues to be a fundamental 
demand and supply imbalance in new 
build housing. The Government’s Housing 
White Paper published early last year aims 
to deliver increased numbers of homes 
more quickly to meet the demands of local 
communities, and in the 2017 Autumn 
Budget the Government announced plans to 
increase the annual volume of new homes 
built to 300,000 per annum by 2022.

Demand for new build housing has 
remained strong supported by healthy 
employment trends, a competitive 
mortgage market and the Government’s 
Help to Buy scheme. Increased demand 
has resulted in house prices rising at a 
rate above that of retail price inflation. 
The average UK house price was £215k 
in June 2018, a growth of 2.2% on the 
previous year. Our average selling price 
was £283k (excluding joint ventures) and 
£293k (including joint ventures) in the year 
to 30 June 2018, as we have a focus on 
affordability and the first-time buyer,  
first-time mover market.

The most recent available data shows 
a small decrease of 2.5% in new build 
completions, with 153,000 new properties 
completed in the UK, for the year to  
30 June 2018. This remains well below the 
level required to address the UK’s supply 
and demand imbalance.

Mortgage affordability and availability
Mortgage availability and affordability in the 
UK is a key dynamic for the housebuilding 
sector and our customers. Despite the 
recent modest increases in the Bank 
of England base rate to 0.75%, the first 
increases in the last decade, borrowing 
costs remain at a historically low level. 
Commentary from the Bank of England 
after the November 2017 base rate increase 
indicated its expectation of only modest 
further increases in the coming years, so 
we do not currently envisage any material 
change in the overall conditions in the 
mortgage market in the near term. 

The number of new mortgages decreased 
slightly in the year to 30 June 2018 to 
780,000 new loans for home purchase 
(2017: 796,000) primarily due to continued 
weakness in buy-to-let completions. In 
contrast, first-time buyer completions 
have increased. The Help to Buy scheme 
continues to be important for new 
housebuilding and has supported almost 
170,000 property completions since its 
launch in April 2013 to the end of December 
2017. The majority of these (81%) were to 
first-time buyers.

Mortgage availability remains strong, 
with mortgage lenders keen to increase 
their market share and the mortgage 
market remains competitive. However, the 
mortgage market could be restricted by 
changes in Government policy, particularly 
changes to the Help to Buy scheme.

Construction costs
Construction costs in the UK have 
increased by 3.9% in the year to March 2018 
(2017: 5.0%) due to continued pressure 
on resources to deliver the higher level of 
homebuilding, the devaluation of Sterling 
and labour costs rising due to an acute 
skilled labour shortage.

Skilled labour
The shortage of skilled labour is, along 
with the inadequate planning system and 
financial constraints, the greatest limitation 
to increasing the UK housing supply. The 
housebuilding industry has a shortage of 
skilled and experienced labour at all levels. 
The skills gap has largely been filled by 
overseas workers from the European Union 
(“EU”) and beyond, who now make up a 
significant proportion of the workforce. 
Brexit negotiations have led to uncertainty 
over the security of the EU workforce, not 
just from potential future employment 
restrictions but also from possible 
economic migration caused by Sterling 
devaluation.

p.40   Corporate and Social Responsibility

2018 New home completions

New mortgages in 2018

Construction costs increase

153,000

780,000

0
0
0
’
£

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

3
1

3
1

4
1

4
1

4
1

4
1

5
1

5
1

5
1

5
1

6
1

6
1

6
1

6
1

7
1

7
1

7
1

7
1

8
1

8
1

3
Q

4
Q

1
Q

2
Q

3
Q

4
Q

1
Q

2
Q

3
Q

4
Q

1
Q

2
Q

3
Q

4
Q

1
Q

2
Q

3
Q

4
Q

1
Q

2
Q

1,500

1,250

1,000

0
0
0
‘

750

500

250

0
1993
/94

1997
/98

2002
/03

2007
/08

2012
/13

2017
/18

Source: NHBC

Source: Bank of England

www.inlandhomesplc.com

3.9%

140
135
130
125
120
115
110
105
100
95

x
e
d
n

I

3
1
3
Q

3
1
4
Q

4
1
1
Q

4
1
2
Q

4
1
3
Q

4
1
4
Q

5
1
1
Q

5
1
2
Q

5
1
3
Q

5
1
4
Q

6
1
1
Q

6
1
2
Q

6
1
3
Q

6
1
4
Q

7
1
1
Q

7
1
2
Q

7
1
3
Q

7
1
4
Q

8
1
1
Q

8
1
2
Q

All-in TPI
General Building Cost index
Private Housing Construction Price index

Source: BCIS (June 2013=100)

INLAND HOMES

15

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   15

10/9/2018   8:17:35 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Our agile business model

Relationships and resources

Our key activities

Strong portfolio

Experienced team

Knowledge of  
planning system

Good relationships  
throughout the supply chain

Trusted by  
Housing Associations

Land  
activities

Land activity is the  
foundation of our business model. 
Through identifying opportunities, 
selecting acquisitions, securing 
planning permission  
and purchasing strategic sites  
with future potential, Inland  
is able to expand its land 
portfolio

Housebuilding 
activities

In response to a changing 
marketplace, we have been creating 
its own construction capabilities. By 
investing in our own people, we can 
ensure longer term, higher value 
returns for our shareholders.

Construction  
activities

We sell some of our sites to  
Housing Associations and  
institutional landlords, with a 
construction contract for  
Inland Homes to build the units.

16

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   16

10/9/2018   8:17:35 PM

STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Adding value

Delivering for our stakeholders

• Working with Local Authorities and communities 
to maximise the potential value of each site by 
securing a valuable planning permission.

• Allows us to capture the development margin  
in addition to the land value uplift via planning.

• Developing the sites with our own team provides 

us with additional control over quality, costs  
and delivery.

Developers: 
• Part or all of a site can be sold to developers; when 
selling part of a site to developers, they generally 
benefit from the relevant infrastructure which has 
already  been installed by Inland Homes.

• We generally ensure that potential barriers to 

development are resolved and that the planning 
permission is for the right housing mix and 
development size to maximise the potential value  
of the site. 

Homeowners: 
• Part or all of the site can be developed by Inland 

Homes; we are proud of the developments we plan 
and design, and are always looking to create an 
environment that is attractive for future residents.

• Delivering on our commitment to quality and 

comfort, developed sites feature open spaces, play 
areas and attractive landscaping to suit the needs  
of a variety of people.

• The construction contract accelerates revenue 
and provides monthly cash flow which assists 
the Group’s working capital and reduces our net 
borrowings.

Housing Associations and Private Rented Sector: 
• Delivering high quality, reliable and attractive 

developments.

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

17

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   17

10/9/2018   8:17:35 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Our value chain

Our value chain outlines the various options available to the Group 
for generating value in the short, medium and long term. 

In the short term we can generate value quickly through ensuring land obtains planning permission before  
being sold on, while medium and long term value can be made through the development of part, or all, of the site. 

Long term 
returns

Develop the whole site
Building a whole development takes longer but  
maximises the revenue a site can deliver over the long term. We are now  
self-delivering the majority of our sites.

Medium term 
returns

Selling part of the site
By selling a portion of a site while carrying out  
infrastructure works and housebuilding on other parts,  
we deliver revenue in the medium term.

Sell land with planning  
permission to developers
Once a planning consent is secured, we have the opportunity to sell the whole 
site or part of the site with planning permission to developers or Housing 
Associations for a short term return.

Achieve planning permission
Once a site is acquired, extensive research and stakeholder consultations  
take place to prepare our applications for planning permission. Our record of 
achieving planning permissions on brownfield sites is second to none.

Short term 
returns

Acquire land
Our financing resources and strong reputation as being trustworthy and 
reliable mean that we can act quickly to secure promising sites. Sites acquired 
can often deliver short term returns. This revenue can be generated from a 
number of sources, such as sale of surplus assets, rent from tenants, car 
parking and the sites being utilised as filming locations.

activities

 Land  
 Housebuilding 
 Construction 

activities

activities

Identify land
Our local insight and established relationships with vendors  
and public sector bodies mean that we are aware of opportunities to  
increase our land bank.

18

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   18

10/9/2018   8:17:36 PM

St. John’s, 
Chelmsford

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

19

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   19

10/9/2018   8:17:38 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Our strategy

Our clear strategy has delivered growth and a number of outstanding projects over the 
last year. We have maintained existing relationships and developed new ones, and refined 
our housebuilding capabilities so that we continue to compete with other housebuilders. 
However, we have still retained the essence of what makes us uniquely Inland.

Strategic goal

1

Acquire land and add value through 
planning 

2

Maximise the value from our land bank 
by expanding our private housebuilding 
and Partnership Housing programmes

3

Continue the core activity of plot sales  

to generate cash to fund our operations

4

Maintain borrowings at a manageable level  

through a strong focus on cash management  

and vendor financing 

Description

Progress over  
past year

Purchases range from sites ready for 
immediate development, to tactical acquisitions 
of sites which open up the potential of 
neighbouring land, to areas which will become 
key housebuilding terrain in the future. All of 
these purchases are funded by our careful 
financial strategy, which balances loan finance, 
joint venture funding and equity released from 
operations.

Having proved our credentials as a quality 
housebuilder with award-winning developments 
such as Meridian Waterside in Southampton 
and Carter’s Quay in Poole, we continue to build 
momentum and develop our quality portfolio. 
Our housebuilding capabilities have bolstered 
our reputation and attracted some substantial 
transactions; for example the project in Chapel 
Riverside, Southampton. It has also led to 
significant Partnership Housing deals with 
Housing Associations such as Church Road, 
Ashford with A2 Dominion.

• The size of the land bank has still increased 
since last year end despite the sale of 837 
plots and 275 homes during the year. The 
Board also made the decision not to purchase 
any significant new sites due to the number of 
plots being processed through the planning 
system by the Group.

• Planning permission or resolution to grant 
planning permission was obtained on 594 
plots during the year.

• Further investment in staff to increase the 
capacity and level of construction expertise 
within the Group.

• We have 682 residential units under 

construction across 13 sites including 117 
within joint ventures.

• Residential sales increased by 46% in the year 

to 275 homes.

• Partnership Housing equivalent units 

increased by 114% in the year to 79 homes.

As our planning team adds value to land through securing 

Our varied range of financing options gives us flexibility. Our 

planning permissions, we are able to make attractive short 

business plan includes the sale of consented land, which we 

term returns through land sales to developers and Housing 

can tailor to our cash flow requirements as well as forward 

Associations. In this strong housebuilding climate there is high 

sales of homes and construction contracts in hand that provide 

demand for quality land, which means that we are well poised to 

consistent cashflow. Additionally, we have a bank of properties, 

take advantage of this and generate strong revenue streams and 

which are providing a steady stream of rental income and cash 

cash flow to fund our land buying and development programme.

that provides a contribution towards our overheads.

• 797 plots with planning permission and 40 plots without 

• EPRA net gearing at 38.6%

planning permission were sold during the year generating 

revenue of £59.3m.

• 1,708 plots with planning permission in land bank.

• Cash balances of £40.4m

• Gross borrowings of £120.1m

Focus for the future

Continue to secure more planning consents and 
acquire sites with excellent potential to  
add value.

Our Private and Partnership Housing 
developments are expected to increase  
in number.

Selective disposal of sites to other developers and Housing 

The Group has set a target to maintain its EPRA net gearing 

Associations.

below 40%.

Connected KPI

• Undiluted EPRA net asset value per share

• Revenue

• Net gearing

• Profit before tax

• Revenue

• Profit before tax

• Profit before tax

• Net gearing

• Number of plots with or without planning 

• Total residential units sold

• Undiluted EPRA net asset value per share

consent

• Total residential plots sold

• Planning permissions gained during the year

• Planning permissions gained during the year

• Net gearing

• Number of plots with or without planning consent

• Total residential plots sold

• Planning permissions gained during the year

20

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   20

10/9/2018   8:17:38 PM

STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Strategic goal

Acquire land and add value through 

Maximise the value from our land bank 

1

planning 

2

by expanding our private housebuilding 

and Partnership Housing programmes

3

Continue the core activity of plot sales  
to generate cash to fund our operations

4

Maintain borrowings at a manageable level  
through a strong focus on cash management  
and vendor financing 

As our planning team adds value to land through securing 
planning permissions, we are able to make attractive short 
term returns through land sales to developers and Housing 
Associations. In this strong housebuilding climate there is high 
demand for quality land, which means that we are well poised to 
take advantage of this and generate strong revenue streams and 
cash flow to fund our land buying and development programme.

Our varied range of financing options gives us flexibility. Our 
business plan includes the sale of consented land, which we 
can tailor to our cash flow requirements as well as forward 
sales of homes and construction contracts in hand that provide 
consistent cashflow. Additionally, we have a bank of properties, 
which are providing a steady stream of rental income and cash 
that provides a contribution towards our overheads.

Progress over  

past year

• The size of the land bank has still increased 

• Further investment in staff to increase the 

• 797 plots with planning permission and 40 plots without 

• EPRA net gearing at 38.6%

planning permission were sold during the year generating 
revenue of £59.3m.

• 1,708 plots with planning permission in land bank.

• Cash balances of £40.4m

• Gross borrowings of £120.1m

Description

Purchases range from sites ready for 

Having proved our credentials as a quality 

immediate development, to tactical acquisitions 

housebuilder with award-winning developments 

of sites which open up the potential of 

such as Meridian Waterside in Southampton 

neighbouring land, to areas which will become 

and Carter’s Quay in Poole, we continue to build 

key housebuilding terrain in the future. All of 

momentum and develop our quality portfolio. 

these purchases are funded by our careful 

Our housebuilding capabilities have bolstered 

financial strategy, which balances loan finance, 

our reputation and attracted some substantial 

joint venture funding and equity released from 

transactions; for example the project in Chapel 

operations.

Riverside, Southampton. It has also led to 

significant Partnership Housing deals with 

Housing Associations such as Church Road, 

Ashford with A2 Dominion.

since last year end despite the sale of 837 

capacity and level of construction expertise 

plots and 275 homes during the year. The 

within the Group.

Board also made the decision not to purchase 

any significant new sites due to the number of 

• We have 682 residential units under 

construction across 13 sites including 117 

plots being processed through the planning 

within joint ventures.

system by the Group.

• Planning permission or resolution to grant 

planning permission was obtained on 594 

plots during the year.

• Residential sales increased by 46% in the year 

to 275 homes.

• Partnership Housing equivalent units 

increased by 114% in the year to 79 homes.

Focus for the future

Continue to secure more planning consents and 

Our Private and Partnership Housing 

acquire sites with excellent potential to  

developments are expected to increase  

add value.

in number.

Selective disposal of sites to other developers and Housing 
Associations.

The Group has set a target to maintain its EPRA net gearing 
below 40%.

Connected KPI

• Undiluted EPRA net asset value per share

• Revenue

• Profit before tax

• Revenue

• Profit before tax

• Profit before tax

• Net gearing

• Number of plots with or without planning 

• Total residential units sold

• Undiluted EPRA net asset value per share

• Planning permissions gained during the year

• Net gearing

• Number of plots with or without planning consent

• Total residential plots sold

• Planning permissions gained during the year

• Net gearing

consent

• Total residential plots sold

• Planning permissions gained during the year

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

21

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   21

10/9/2018   8:17:39 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Our KPIs

Financial KPIs

KPI

Revenue

Strategic 
focus

Revenue from 
housebuilding and 
contracting activities is 
expected to continue to 
increase and this will be 
supplemented by land 
sales and rental income.

There was one disposal 
of land in 2018 and two in 
2017 which flow through 
gain on sale of subsidiary 
or joint venture rather 
than revenue and gross 
margin. If they had 
been direct land sales 
revenue would have been 
£148.6m (2017: £117.7m), 
representing a 26% 
increase on the prior 
year.

Performance

Chart

Recurring profit  
before tax

EPRA net asset value  
per share

Net gearing 

The Group is keen to 
maintain gearing at a 
reasonable level, taking 
into account the EPRA 
net asset value.

The Board’s expectation 
is to continue to build on 
the recurring profitability 
achieved over the last 
two years and will seek 
to secure this by the 
planned expansion of 
Private and Partnership 
Housing and contracting 
activities together with 
the sale of consented 
building plots.

The value added to the 
land bank by the planning 
process will continue to 
be one of the Group’s  
key focuses. Further 
value will be extracted 
from the land bank 
through Private and 
Partnership Housing. 

Demand for consented 
land was once again 
strong during the year 
and this resulted in 
several highly profitable 
land sales. 

EPRA net asset value1 
increased again this year 
by 6.3% from 96.22p 
to 102.28p. The use of 
the EPRA methodology 
reveals how much 
“hidden” value is held 
within inventories. 

Based on EPRA net 
asset value, net gearing 
has increased from 
35.0% to 38.6% in line 
with management’s 
expectations. On a 
non-EPRA basis, it has 
increased to 56.0% from 
52.1% in the prior year.

m
7
.
7
4
1
£

m
2
.
4
1
1
£

m
9
.
1
0
1
£

m
7
.
0
9
£

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

m
9
.
8
5
£

4
1
0
2

m
3
.
0
2
£

m
7
.
5
1
£

m
3
.
9
1
£

m
1
.
8
1
£

p
2
2
.
6
9

p
8
2
.
2
0
1

2
p
3
6
.
9
2

p
4
3
.
2
2 9
p
2
9
.
3
4

%
9
.
6
6

%
1
.
2
5

%
0
.
6
5

%
9
.
6
4

%
9
.
8
3

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

m
3
.
7
£

4
1
0
2

1 On an undiluted basis.
2 The Group adopted the performance measures of the European Public Real Estate Association (EPRA) from December 2015, therefore prior year  

comparatives consist of net asset value only, without the uplift of the underlying asset value. 

22

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   22

10/9/2018   8:17:40 PM

STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Non-financial KPIs

KPI

Number of plots with or 
without planning consent 

Total residential  
plots sold

Private residential  
home sales

Planning permissions 
gained during the year

Strategic 
focus

The Group’s target is 
to have a land bank of 
approximately 10,000 
residential plots in the 
medium term.

The Group’s objective is 
to sell consented plots 
that are unlikely to be 
developed by Inland 
Homes to realise  
profits and to raise 
working capital. 

The sale of the number of 
private residential units 
is expected to fall in the 
year to 30 June 2019 and 
thereafter to increase 
substantially to approach 
our target of approximately 
500 units pa.

The core activity of the 
Group is to acquire sites 
without planning consent 
and to secure consent 
on the majority of them 
within two years from the 
date of purchase.

Performance

The land bank now 
stands at 6,870 plots, 
including 1,708 plots with 
planning permission 
or resolution to grant 
planning permission.

There was a strong 
demand for consented 
plots from housebuilders 
during the year, resulting 
in the sale of 837 plots.

The Group sold 275 
private residential units 
during the year, which 
was a 46% increase over 
the previous year.

The Group gained 
planning permission 
or a resolution to grant 
planning permission on 
594 plots during the year 
ended 30 June 2018.

Chart

6
7
1
,
5

0
0
2
,
1

6
7
9
,
3

4
3
7
,
3

8
1
3
,
1

6
1
4
,
2

1
8
6
,
6

3
6
1
,
1

6
7
7
,
6

5
0
1
,
2

0
7
8
,
6

8
0
7
,
1

8
1
5
,
5

1
7
6
,
4

2
6
1
,
5

9
6
1

0
4
4

5
2
4

7
3
8

0
8
7

5
7
2

8
4
2

8
8
7 1
4
1

4
1
1

6
5
8
,
1

8
7
3

5
8
8

4
4
5

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

4
9
5

8
1
0
2

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

23

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   23

10/9/2018   8:17:41 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Our principal risks

As with any business, we face risks and uncertainties in the course of our  
day-to-day activities and it is only by effectively identifying and managing  
these risks that we can deliver our strategy.

Risk management framework
The Executive Directors are heavily involved in the day-to-day 
running of the business and risks are discussed on a daily 
basis as part of their decision-making processes. This regular 
consideration of risks allows management to respond quickly  
to changes in circumstances. 

Senior management report regularly to the Executive Directors  
in a number of areas:

• legal;
• sales and marketing;
• planning;
• environmental;
• construction; and
• financial.

This reporting frequently involves the use of external consultants. 
For example, during the due diligence carried out before the 
acquisition of each site, planning consultants are normally engaged 
for their specialist knowledge and outside perspective to challenge 
our assumptions and ensure that we have a full understanding of 
the site and its market.

By assessing all the information in the reports from Senior 
Management, Executive Directors can determine the risks present 
in each area of the business.

While the Executive Directors have some autonomy, full Board 
approval is required for certain actions, such as the acquisition  
of land over a set value. The Non-executive Directors challenge  
the Executive Directors to ensure that the level of risk being taken 
is appropriate. 

The Audit Committee supports the Board in ensuring that the 
financial performance of the Group is properly reported and 
monitored. The Audit Committee consider any control weaknesses 
that are highlighted by the external Auditor during the course of  
the external audit. 

Board of Directors

Executive Directors

Senior Management

Audit Committee

External Consultants

24

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   24

10/9/2018   8:17:41 PM

STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Change since 
last year

Rating

HIGH

MEDIUM/ 
HIGH

Risk

1

UK’s exit from  
the EU

2

Government 
policy and 
planning 
regulations

Potential impact

Mitigation

We continue to closely monitor the impact 
of the increased uncertainty on the UK 
economy and the housing market through 
the review of external information and 
changes in the behaviour of our customer 
base. The overall shortage of supply of 
housing in the UK may provide a degree 
of support to the housing market should 
these circumstances arise. Action taken 
by the Government to adjust policy to 
support UK economic performance may 
provide further mitigation, as might any 
response with respect to interest rates by 
the Bank of England.

We monitor Government policy in 
relation to housebuilding very closely and 
continually review changes to Building 
Regulations and supporting guidance.

The Group undertakes extensive pre-
acquisition due diligence on planning and 
technical issues.

The Group has considerable in-house 
technical and planning expertise 
focused on complying with regulations 
and achieving implementable planning 
consents that meet local requirements. 
For more detail see the Corporate and 
Social Responsibility section on page 40.

The Group is focused on acquiring housing 
sites already identified in Councils’ Local 
Plans.

In addition to actively engaging with 
industry bodies on potential changes, 
we regularly review and assess our land 
portfolio to accurately forecast likelihood 
of planning consent and associated 
commencement dates.

Both major political parties in the UK 
continue to support the Help to Buy 
scheme which received additional funding 
in 2017 and is scheduled to remain in 
place until 2021. Recent changes in stamp 
duty for first-time buyers should also 
support activity levels in the market.

The UK continues to negotiate the terms 
of its exit from the European Union and 
there remains a degree of uncertainty on 
the outlook for the UK economy. Ongoing 
economic uncertainty may reduce 
consumer confidence and impact on 
demand and pricing for new homes and 
affect revenues, profits, cash flows and 
asset values. Potential legislative changes 
on freedom of movement may also restrict 
the availability of skilled construction 
workers and impact on costs and delay 
build activity. In addition, potential  
further devaluation of the UK currency  
as a result of Brexit could increase costs 
of materials.

Government policy has the potential to 
influence various aspects of our strategy, 
operations and overall performance.

Potential changes in Government 
policy, such as changes to the planning 
system, changes in the tax regime, or the 
amendment of the Help to Buy scheme 
could have an adverse effect on revenues, 
margins and asset values. Government 
initiatives to encourage housebuilding 
through social housing or the SME 
sector could also increase the demand 
for, and costs of, scarce material and 
labour resources. As all elements of the 
anticipated changes from the Housing 
White Paper are clarified, and if the  
terms of the Help to Buy scheme are 
amended, this could have a disruptive 
effect on the planning system, revenues 
and customer behaviour.

The Hackitt Review, instigated following 
the Grenfell fire tragedy in June 2017, is 
expected to deliver its final report in the 
near future. While focused on high-rise 
buildings, the review is wide-ranging, 
examining the regulatory system around 
residential buildings.

Obtaining timely planning permissions and 
achieving other regulatory requirements 
and permits is key to starting on site 
as soon as possible. There remains 
a risk of delayed or refused planning 
applications, increased timescales to 
the discharge of planning conditions and 
greater complexity around Section 106 
since the introduction of the Community 
Infrastructure Levy (CIL).

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

25

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   25

10/9/2018   8:17:41 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Our principal risks continued

Change since 
last year

Rating

HIGH

HIGH

Risk

3

Adverse economic 
outlook

4

Lack of mortgage 
availability

Potential impact

Mitigation

The housing market is sensitive to 
changes in unemployment, interest 
rates and consumer confidence. Any 
deterioration in economic conditions may 
decrease demand and pricing for new 
homes, which could have a material effect 
on our revenues, margins and profits 
and result in the impairment of land and 
property values and an inability to realise 
maximum value in a timely fashion.

The cost of servicing a mortgage 
continues to be at historic lows. However, 
a change in business confidence, 
employment opportunities or significant 
changes in the Bank of England base rate 
that is not combined with wage growth 
could impact the demand for housing, 
which may also lead to lower selling 
prices. The ability of first time buyers 
to purchase homes is constrained by 
changes in mortgage availability at higher 
loan-to-value levels. Sustained growth in 
interest rates and low wage inflation could 
challenge mortgage affordability.

We carry out extensive due diligence prior 
to our land investment decisions and 
ensure that all sites are in locations  
with healthy levels of demand. We 
continually monitor key indicators on the 
direction of the UK housing market so 
as to manage our exposure to any future 
market disruption.

We select our site locations that best 
meet the needs of the local community 
and customer demand now and in the 
future. The Government-backed Help to 
Buy supports customers to gain access 
to the housing market with competitive 
mortgage rates and funded home 
deposits. £10 billion additional funding 
was announced at the Conservative Party 
Conference in 2017 to support the Help to 
Buy scheme until its currently forecast 
end in 2021. However, there is potential 
for change to the scheme rules and 
potentially its discontinuation.  
We continue to promote this scheme 
and our customers demonstrate strong 
demand for it.

The Group continues to monitor  
the lending criteria of the key  
financial institutions.

The Group offers a high level of sales 
support to customers and this includes 
assistance with obtaining mortgages at a 
suitable interest rate.

26

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   26

10/9/2018   8:17:41 PM

STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Risk

5

Inability to source 
suitable land

6

Inability to attract  
and retain 
high-calibre 
employees

7

Inadequate 
health, safety and 
environmental 
procedures

8

Rising cost and 
availability of 
materials

Rating

Change since 
last year

LOW

Potential impact

Mitigation

Land is a valuable resource for the Group. 
The purchase of land of poor quality, at  
too high a price, or incorrect timing in 
relation to the economic cycle could 
impact future profitability. 

Acquiring insufficient land would  
reduce our ability to actively manage  
our land portfolio and create value  
for shareholders.

The Group has an experienced 
management team with a strong track 
record in the industry which ensures that 
there is disciplined purchasing of land 
of the appropriate quality, on attractive 
terms and at the right time and scale in 
the economic cycle.

Understanding the markets in which we 
operate is central to our strategy and, 
consequently, land acquisition is focused 
on our core markets in the South and 
South-East of England.

All potential land acquisitions are subject 
to a formal appraisal process.

Having an appropriately skilled workforce 
is a key requirement for the Group to 
facilitate the growth of the business in  
the highly competitive market in which  
it operates.

The Group maintains good morale in 
the workplace and sets remuneration 
packages at attractive levels.

LOW

A deterioration in the Group’s health, 
safety and environmental standards could 
put the Group’s employees, contractors or 
the general public at risk of injury or death 
and could lead to litigation or penalties 
or damage the Group’s reputation. A lack 
of adequate procedures and systems 
to reduce the dangers inherent in the 
construction process increases the risk of 
accidents or site-related catastrophes.

Overseen by our head of Health and 
Safety, procedures, training and reporting 
are all carefully monitored to ensure that 
high standards are maintained.

The assessment of environmental risk is 
an important element of the due diligence 
undertaken prior to any purchase of land. 
The Group uses reputable environmental 
consultancy firms to assist in this area.

MEDIUM

MEDIUM

We closely monitor our build programmes 
and our supply chain enabling us to 
manage and react to any supply chain 
issues. We build good relationships with 
suppliers to ensure consistency of supply 
and cost efficiency.

The expansion in UK housebuilding 
has driven an increase in demand for 
materials which may continue to cause 
availability constraints and/or costs to 
increase. Prices for key materials may 
also be affected by currency movements 
as the Brexit process continues. 

Shortages or increased costs of materials 
or the inability to secure supplies upon 
appropriate credit terms could increase 
costs and delay construction.

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

27

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   27

10/9/2018   8:17:41 PM

 
 
 
Potential impact

Mitigation

Rating

Change since 
last year

MEDIUM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Our principal risks continued

Risk

9

Availability of 
sub-contractors 
and suppliers

10

Construction 
costs not 
adequately 
controlled and 
delays

A continued increase in housing 
production may further strain the 
already reduced availability of skilled 
sub-contractors. In addition, leaving the 
EU could impact on the availability of 
skilled workers given the relatively large 
proportion of the labour force, particularly 
in the South-East, that is from Eastern 
Europe. Together, this could result in 
build programme and completion delays. 
The majority of work performed on our 
sites is sub-contracted to various trades, 
providing flexibility. If the availability of 
sub-contractors is insufficient to meet 
demand, this could lead to longer build 
times and increased costs, thereby 
reducing profitability. Lack of skilled  
sub-contractors could also result in 
higher levels of waste being produced 
from our sites and lower build quality.

Shortages of skilled labour or the failure 
of a key supplier could increase costs and 
delay construction.

A lack of project oversight can lead to 
unforeseen cost increases and erode 
margins, increasing pressure to contain 
costs and potentially reduce quality.

When selecting our sub-contractors,  
we consider competencies particularly  
in relation to health and safety,  
quality, previous performance and 
financial stability. 

We seek to establish and maintain 
long term supplier and sub-contractor 
partnerships. 

Our build programmes are monitored 
closely which enables us to manage 
our labour requirements effectively. We 
maintain regular contact with our sub-
contractors and provide high-level and 
site-specific programme information to 
them to aid with demand planning. 

LOW

The Group has built strong relationships 
with principal contractors which 
increases communication and facilitates 
early notification of issues. We provide 
advance notice of our site plans and build 
programmes to sub-contractors. This 
helps them to plan and builds confidence 
to expand the workforce to meet the 
requirements of our projects. 

We regularly review the progress and 
cost forecasts for each of our projects to 
ensure that any impact is minimised.

28

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   28

10/9/2018   8:17:41 PM

 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Potential impact

Mitigation

Risk

11

Lack of financing  
at appropriate 
rates

The lack of sufficient borrowing facilities 
could impact on the Group’s ability 
to implement its current strategy. An 
increase in interest rates would lead to 
increased borrowing costs and thus have  
a detrimental effect on profit.

12

Cyber and data  
risk

The Group places significant reliance upon 
the availability, accuracy and security of 
all of its underlying operating systems  
and the data contained therein. The  
Group could suffer significant financial 
and reputational damage because of  
the corruption, loss or theft of data, 
whether inadvertent or via a deliberate, 
targeted cyber attack.

Rating

Change since 
last year

MEDIUM

MEDIUM

At the year end, the Group has £72.5m 
of cash and headroom on its existing 
facilities. We have excellent relationships 
with existing and other lenders and 
continue to seek finance from alternative 
lending sources to further improve the 
Group’s liquidity.

The Group mitigates any adverse exposure 
to interest rate changes by controlling 
its gearing and, if necessary, by using 
hedging instruments.

The Group has a fully-tested disaster 
recovery system which is tested annually 
as part of a third party supplier contract.

There is a boundary firewall at each of 
our locations with a fixed internet line. All 
emails are encrypted by Transport Layer 
Security Protocols and every workstation 
is protected by centrally managed 
corporate Anti-Virus systems as well  
as by a firewall. 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

29

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   29

10/9/2018   8:17:41 PM

 
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Portfolio review

“It has been another successful and very 
active year for the Group with growth 
across all areas of the business in line 
with our strategic plan.”

Gary Skinner
Managing Director

the related build contract as part of the 
transaction. Demand for consented and 
unconsented land within the London 
suburbs, home counties and the  
South-East remains strong amongst  
the major housebuilders particularly  
given the decline of the London housing 
market. The planning system continues 
to be the single biggest factor prohibiting 
housing delivery due to sustained lack of 
investment in the public sector planning 
departments. This has resulted in an 
increase in both planning costs and 
timetable to achieve planning consents. 
During the current financial year Inland 
will continue to focus on growing the land 
bank through the acquisition of brownfield 
sites and options over greenfield sites in 
strategic locations throughout the South 
East. In line with recent years, the pattern 
of land sales is likely to result in the profits 
for the year to 30 June 2019 being heavily 
weighted to the second half.

It has been another successful and very 
active year for the Group with growth 
across all areas of the business in line 
with our strategic plan. Revenue, homes 
delivered and under construction, land plot 
sales and our land bank have all increased.

Land bank
The Group operates across a diverse land 
portfolio from town centre developments 
to major regeneration projects as well 
as some redevelopment of land located 
in the greenbelt. This requires a highly 
experienced and knowledgeable land and 
planning team and the team we now have in 
place ensures that we continue to be able 
to negotiate the complex landscape and 
deliver consented land both for sale and for 
our own construction activity.

We sold 837 land plots in the year, 
comprising 480 plots to private 
housebuilders, and 357 plots to Housing 
Associations. Despite these disposals 
and the 275 house sales in the year, our 
land bank still increased from 6,776 at 
30 June 2017 to 6,870 plots at the year end.

We are continuing to see strong demand 
on our land sales and where appropriate 
we are targeting these sales to the major 
Housing Associations and where our 
Partnership Housing team can secure 

Total land bank split by type (%)

Houses
Flats

53

47

Status of planning (%)

8

36

45

11

Strategic sites        
Planning applications 
submitted
Pre-application 
discussions
To be progressed

30

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   30

10/9/2018   8:17:43 PM

STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

We believe we now have in place a 
construction team that can help us deliver 
on our stated target of building 1,000 
homes a year, having added a number 
of highly skilled people to the team from 
across the industry. Our staff numbers 
have increased to 105 at 30 June 2018 from 
74 last year. Career progression, long 
term incentivisation and a good working 
environment, should ensure that we 
maintain the quality and strengths of the 
team going forward.

Validating our Partnership Housing 
strategy, we secured our largest build 
contract to date with A2 Dominion, one of 
the UK’s biggest Housing Associations. We 
sold our site at Church Road, Ashford in 
Middlesex for £29.7m and simultaneously 
signed a £65m construction contract for 
delivery of 357 houses and apartments. 
Together with our contracts at Alperton and 
Witley Gardens, Southall our Partnership 
Housing order book currently stands at 
approximately £100m for the delivery of 
over 500 affordable homes over five years.

We currently have 13 sites under 
construction which are diverse in both 
location and type of build. At the year end 
there were 682 homes under construction 
(including 220 Partnership Housing units) 
compared to 427 last year with 82 reserved 
or exchanged representing forward sales 
of £19.7m. We anticipate a slight drop off 
in the number of open market completions 
next year due to the build cycle of our sites. 
In line with the increasing demand from 
Housing Associations who have been  
tasked by the Government to increase 
the number of homes within their 
portfolios, we are targeting the delivery 
of 200 Partnership Housing units during 
the current year, resulting in an overall 
increase in total completions.

Construction and sales
An increasingly core business activity is 
our private housebuilding and partnership 
homes activities. We completed on  
275 open market completions (including 
joint ventures), an increase of 46% from  
188 last year and increased the Partnership 
Housing equivalent units from 37 to 79,  
an increase of 114%.

The average sales price of our residential 
units was £293,000 (2017: £306,000), and 
we continue to see significant demand 
from first-time buyers. Help to Buy has 
been a major influence, with 58% of our 
sales utilising the Government scheme. 
The abolition of SDLT for first-time 
buyers on homes of up to £300,000 has 
also benefited our sales, with 61% of our 
buyers purchasing under this price point. 
A combination of the two schemes and 
tailored incentive packages from Inland 
Homes has proven effective, with an 
increase in visitors and reservations at 
various sales events. Customer demand for 
our good quality, affordably priced homes 
remains strong and the average sales rate 
per active site during the second half of the 
year was 1.34 units.

As previously stated, we are committed to 
improving our housebuilding margins which 
we believe will come primarily through 
scale. Already, the increase in the volume 
of units we are constructing has enabled us 
to negotiate group deals at discount rates, 
including rebates, with national material 
suppliers, driving down our build costs, 
and alleviating the upward pressure on 
construction costs.

Unit completion timescale (%)

17

28

55

<24 months
2-5 Years 
>5 Years

275

open market completions

837

land plot disposals

682

homes under construction

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

31

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   31

10/9/2018   8:17:43 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Portfolio review continued

Sites under construction

Chapel Riverside, Southampton
This riverside regeneration site is being 
delivered by way of a Development 
Agreement with Southampton City 
Council. It comprises of 457, one, two and 
three bedroom new build apartments 
plus 64,000 sqft of commercial space. 
In addition to the construction of the 
dwellings, there is a high element of civil 
infrastructure investment required. This 
includes the construction of a 210 metre 
long sea wall and the relocation of three 
water settlement tanks. This project is 
a lightweight steel frame construction, 
the first phase will complete in October 
2018 with 36 private sale and 27 PRS 
completions achieved for the year to 
30 June 2018. This is a six year development 
which is expected to complete by 2024. 

Chapel Riverside, Southampton has added 
greatly to our accomplishments on the 
South Coast, selling out the first phase in 
just 17 weeks, with an average reservation 
rate of 2.63 per week. There has been a 
strong demand in the Southampton area. 
We have achieved 160 legal completions 
for the region this year and won the 
“Regeneration Project of the Year” award 
for Meridian Waterside, at the prestigious 
South Coast Property Awards.

p.46

Case study: Chapel Riverside, 
Southampton

Meridian Waterside, Southampton
This brownfield regeneration of the former 
Meridian television studios is adjacent 
to the River Itchen in Southampton. The 
development comprises of 350, one, two and 
three bedroom new build apartments plus 
5,415 sqft of commercial space. Phases one 
and two were of traditional construction and 
comprised 96 homes. The final private sale 
completions in phase two were achieved in 
June 2018. The remaining 254 apartments 
in phases three and four are concrete frame 
construction up to 10 storeys high and piling 
commenced in August 2018. Completion is 
expected during 2021.

Wessex Hotel, Bournemouth
The Wessex Hotel site was previously 
an operating hotel and is within walking 
distance of Bournemouth town centre 
on the south coast and will comprise 88 
apartments (one and two bedroom) in two 
blocks together with a new 105-bed hotel 
where we have entered into a 25-year 
pre-let with Whitbread for a Premier Inn. 
This project is light weight steel frame 
construction over a concrete basement 
carpark. Construction commences in 
September 2018 with completion expected 
in the first quarter of 2021.

Lily’s Walk, High Wycombe
This brownfield regeneration site on a 
former gas works in the heart of High 
Wycombe with sloping terrain presented 
a range of challenges to overcome. The 
project comprises 239, one and two 
bedroom new build apartments plus  
15,800 sqft of commercial space and a 
Town Centre relief road. This four-year 
project is a concrete frame construction 
with the first completions due in June 2019.

Abbey Wharf, Alperton
This is a brownfield regeneration of 
a former light industrial site adjacent 
to the Grand Union Canal in Alperton, 
near Wembley in North West London. A 
partnership contract was secured with 
Clarion Housing Association for £30.0m 
during the year for the construction of  
135, one and two bedroom apartments. 
This project is concrete frame construction 
and is due to complete in September 2020.

32

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   32

10/9/2018   8:17:46 PM

STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Gardiners Lane, Basildon
A designated for development site, this 
is also a joint venture with the Anderson 
Group on a site in Basildon with the 
partners having the same responsibilities 
as at Europa Way outlined above. Phase 
one comprised of 43 two, three and 
four bedroom houses and one and two 
bedroom apartments. This phase is now 
complete and the joint venture is in the 
process of purchasing phase two where 
planning has been procured for 33 homes. 
Construction is expected to commence in 
November 2018.

Strategic land
We continued to strengthen our land bank 
during the year to ensure that our pipeline 
of prospective projects extends well into the 
future. We acquired options over 90 acres 
of strategic land across eight different 
locations which has the potential for 771 
plots and we now have 24 options covering 
approximately 380 acres of potential 
development land secured at attractive 
discounts to market value.

Church Road, Ashford
The former Brooklands College in the 
town centre in Ashford, close to Heathrow 
Airport, will be developed into 357 homes 
(one and two bedroom apartments and 
three bedroom houses) plus 6,700 sqft 
of commercial space and 4,700 sqft 
of educational space. After receiving 
planning permission in December 2017, 
we purchased our joint venture partner’s 
80% interest in March 2018. In June 2018, 
we sold the site to A2 Dominion for 
£29.7m and simultaneously signed a 
£65.1m construction contract for this 
concrete frame build project. Construction 
commenced in July 2018 and phased 
completion is forecast for between  
2020 and 2023.

p.34 Case study: Church Road, Ashford

Planning and future pipeline
During the year ended 30 June 2018 new 
planning approvals and resolutions to grant 
planning approval had been received for 
594 residential units.

Detailed accounts of our key projects at 
Wilton Park, Beaconsfield and Cheshunt 
Lakeside, Hertfordshire are set out in the 
Chief Executive’s review.

Europa Way, Ipswich
This is a former light industrial site in 
Ipswich where we secured planning for 
94 two, three and four bedroom houses 
and one and two bedroom apartments. 
The site was transferred into a 50:50 
joint venture with the Anderson Group 
who are constructing the development 
and with Inland Homes undertaking the 
sales and marketing function. The project 
commenced in February 2018 with the show 
home opening in October 2018 and first 
completions due in January 2019.

Bucknalls Lane, Garston
This green belt release site between 
Watford and Hemel Hempstead comprises 
100 two, three and four bedroom houses 
and one and two bedroom apartments. This 
project is in a 50:50 joint venture with the 
existing landowners and Inland Homes. 
Construction commenced in May 2018 with 
the show home opening in Autumn 2018 and 
first completions expected in Spring 2019.

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

33
33

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   33

10/9/2018   8:17:48 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Church Road, Ashford

In June 2018, we sold the 
10-acre site at Church Road, 
Ashford to A2 Dominion for 
£29.7m and simultaneously 
signed a construction 
contract for £65.1m 
after receiving planning 
permission for 357 homes 
(including 32 affordable 
units) and 6,700 sqft of 
commercial space.

As part of the deal we also retain the 
commercial space. In March 2018 we 
bought our joint venture partner’s 80% 
interest in the project.

The site was originally part of Brooklands 
College and the archway from the original 
building will be retained and will form part 
of a 1,000m2 pocket park. The site will also 
contain one hectare of open space including 
park and play areas which along with the 
pocket park will be open to the public.

34

INLAND HOMES

The archway from the 
original building will be 
retained and form part of  
a 1,000 m2 pocket park.

The development will benefit from solar 
lights throughout the site and the parking 
will contain electric vehicle charging points. 
Our SUDS strategy ensures that there is 
zero rainwater run-off from the site.

We have already relocated a gym that 
operated on the property and new premises 
will be built on-site for the Hair and Beauty 
Academy which also existed on the  
site previously.

Our journey

July 2005:  
Site purchased for 
£12.8m in 20:80  
joint venture with 
CPC Group Limited

September 2017:  
Planning application 
submitted for  
357 homes

December 2017: 
Planning permission 
granted

March 2018:  
Purchased joint venture 
partner’s 80% interest for 
£16.3m

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   34

10/9/2018   8:17:49 PM

STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Clockwise 
from far left: 
CGI artist’s 
impression; 
Archway 
retained 
in pocket 
park; One-
hectare park 
available for 
public use.

Preparatory work on the site has been 
completed and construction commenced in 
July 2018. The build programme is split into 
five phases which will complete between 
2020 and 2023. 

This transaction is our largest partnership 
deal to date and demonstrates our 
flexible and innovative approach to land 
transactions as well as the skills of our 
experienced team.

 1. 73 units
 2. 32 units
 3. 145 units
 4. 81 units
 5. 26 units

1

3

4

5

2

July 2018:  
Construction 
commenced on site

September 2021: 
Phase one expected 
to complete

March 2023: 
Phase four expected to 
complete

June 2018:  
Partnership deal with A2 
Dominion. Land sale £29.7m and 
£65.0m construction contract

February 2020: 
Phase two expected to 
complete

January 2022: 
Phase three expected to 
complete

October 2023: 
Phase five expected to 
complete

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

35

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   35

10/9/2018   8:17:50 PM

Our journey

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Finance Director’s review

EPRA NAV per share up

6.3%

Recurring profit before tax up

6.6%

“Our priority is to build on the strong 
financial performance during the year 
and, with a significantly enlarged, highly 
qualified team in place, we believe we are 
now in a position to effectively manage  
this increasingly broad range of activity 
and to meet our growth ambitions for 
Inland Homes.”

Nishith Malde 
Group Finance Director

The Group generated record revenues 
of £147.4m (2017: £90.7m) with recurring 
profit before tax of £19.3m (2017: £18.1m), 
being an increase of 6.6% over the previous 
year. The Group’s revenues are derived 
principally from the following activities:

• Trading parcels of land to other 

housebuilders

• Disposal of parcels of land to Registered 

Providers or PRS operators as part of our 
Partnership Housing business

• Private homes built by the Group for open 

market sale 

Group income statement
The rise in revenues has resulted 
predominantly from the increase in our 
housebuilding activities and disposals 
of land parcels to both developers and 
Registered Providers. The Group sold 837 
plots (2017: 780 plots) for £59.3m (2017: 
£49.4m) as shown in the table below.

The Group’s revenues continue to grow with 
substantial sales being generated from its 
land trading activity. This is increasingly 
being supported by Partnership Housing 
that involves the sale of land followed by a 
construction contract to build the homes. 

Partnership Housing has led to a surge in 
contract income by 287%, from £3.1m to 
£12.0m. The Group recognises the revenue 
on construction contracts based on the 
proportion of the contract completed. 
As a typical construction contract has a 
build programme of more than 12 months, 
this includes revenue from construction 
contracts that were entered into in previous 
years and continued during the financial 
year ended 30 June 2018 as well as new 
contracts exchanged during the year. A key 
focus of the Group’s strategy is to grow its 
Partnership Housing business and, as at 
the year end, the construction order book 
under this activity amounted to £98.0m 
which will be delivered over the next five 
years. This activity enables the Group to 
recognise revenue and profitability much 
earlier compared to the sale of homes on 
the open market to private purchasers. It 
also de-risks part of the Group’s operations 
and reduces net borrowings. 

We completed the sale of 275 private homes 
during the financial year (2017: 188 homes)  
at an average price of £293,000 (2017: 
£306,000) producing revenues of £70.2m  
(2017: £57.7m).

Land assets sold directly
Disposal of interest in joint venture
Land sold by corporate disposal
Total plot sale revenues

2018

2017

Plots
837
–
1
838

£m
59.3
–
1.2
60.5

Plots
207
400
173
780

£m
22.4
11.0
16.0
49.4

36

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   36

10/9/2018   8:17:51 PM

STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Gross profit was £31.8m (2017: £19.5m) 
representing a total margin of 21.6% (2017: 
21.5%). The gross profit from land sales 
was £18.3m (2017: £19.2m) including the 
disposal of our interest in a joint venture 
and land sold via a corporate disposal) 
representing a margin of 30.2% (2017: 
38.9%). The gross profit from private 
housebuilding was £7.7m (2017: £8.7m), 
delivering an 11.0% margin (2017: 15.1%). 
As stated in my previous year’s report, 
the lower margin is due to an increase in 
site-wide costs on certain large project 
and continued additional remedial costs 
on some historic projects. Our margins on 
new developments for open market sale 
are expected to increase as the expansion 
in the Group’s in-house build capacity 
results in additional buying power and 
general efficiencies within the supply 
chain. The gross profit from construction 
contracts was £1.8m (2017: loss of £0.3m), 
representing a margin of 15.0% (2017: loss 
of 9.7%). We expect a minimum margin of 
10% on Partnership Housing construction 
contracts. This is in addition to the margin 
made on the related land disposal which 
varies from site to site.

Our average number of employees has 
increased by 58% from 59 to 93 during 
the year as the Group has expanded its 
in-house construction capabilities to 
self-deliver most of our sites and increase 
its operational capacity for growth. This 
investment into the Group’s growth and 
expertise has inevitably led to a rise in our 
administrative costs by 22.1% from £7.7m to 
£9.4m, representing 6.4% of revenues.

www.inlandhomesplc.com

Revenue by segment (%)

4

8

40

48

Land sales
Housebuilding
Contract income
Management fees/
Other  

Gross profit by segment (%)

13

6

24

Land sales
Housebuilding
Contract income
Management fees/
Other  

57

Gross finance costs reduced by 23.5% 
from £8.1m to £6.2m, partly due to notional 
interest of £1.4m charged in the previous 
year that has not been incurred this year. 
It also reflected a general reduction in 
some of our funding costs in spite of gross 
borrowings, having increased from £94.5m 
to £120.1m. Included within finance costs is 
£1.1m (2017: £1.1m) in respect of the coupon 
on zero dividend preference (“ZDP”) shares. 
The Group capitalised £1.1m (2017: £1.1m) 
of finance costs within the carrying value of 
the Wilton Park site in accordance with  
IAS 23 Borrowing Costs, as it is constructed 
over a significant period of time and is 
complex in nature. 

Tax charge
The total tax charge of £3.9m represents 
20.2% of the profit before tax. The current 
corporation tax rate is 19% and the small 
difference arises due to the disallowance 
of the interest accrued on the zero dividend 
preference shares together with other 
expenditure disallowed for tax purposes.

INLAND HOMES

37

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   37

10/9/2018   8:17:52 PM

  
  
             
  
  
             
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Finance Director’s review continued

Earnings per share and dividend
Basic earnings per share reduced by 
2.3% to 7.64p (2017: 7.82p) per share while 
the basic earnings per share excluding 
revaluation gains has increased by 7.8% 
from 7.09p to 7.64p.

The Company continues to maintain a 
progressive dividend policy having already 
increased the interim dividend by 30% to 
0.65p (2017: 0.50p) per share, that was 
paid on 29 June 2018. The Board has 
recommended a final dividend of 1.55p 
(2017: 1.20p) per share, giving a total 
increase of 29.4% over the previous year 
and delivering a yield of 3.3% based on 
the share price at the financial year end of 
67.5p. The proposed final dividend will be 
paid on 25 January 2019 to shareholders 
on the register at the close of business on 
28 December 2018. The ex-dividend date is 
27 December 2018.

Dividend growth (p)

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

2.2

1.7

1.3

1.0

0.6

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Dividend yield (%)

3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0

3.3

2.8

2.2

1.2

1.4

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

EPRA NAV1 p

100

96.22

7.62

80

60

40

20

0

0.25

102.28

(1.83)

0.02

39% 
1,708
discount

62.38

June
2017

Profit

Revaluation

Dividends

Other

June 
2018

Share 
price2

1 On an undiluted basis.
2 At 19 September 2018.

Group balance sheet
Net assets of the Group have increased to 
£142.4m at 30 June 2018 from £130.6m, 
principally due to retained earnings for  
the financial year net of the dividends  
paid in January and June 2018. This 
translates to net assets of 70.46p per share 
(2017: 64.62p). The undiluted EPRA net 
asset value per share at the year end was 
102.28p (2017: 96.22p). 

Joint ventures
The investment period within the Project 
Helix joint venture with CPC Group Limited 
came to an end in December 2017. After 
planning consent was received for the joint 
venture’s land at the Church Road site in 
Ashford, Middlesex the Group purchased 
the remaining interest. 

We are a 50% partner in Cheshunt Lakeside 
Developments Limited where we injected 
a further £5.3m by way of loans to fund the 
acquisition of further parcels of land, work 
in progress and finance costs. 

The Group has a 50% interest in Bucknalls 
Developments Limited which secured 
detailed planning consent in March 2018 
on the site at Bucknalls Lane, Garston. 
We have increased our loans to the joint 
venture by £1.2m to £5.6m to fund the initial 
construction costs. Shortly after the year 
end, we secured senior debt funding for the 
development of 100 homes on the site.

We also have a 50% interest in two joint 
ventures with Constable Homes Limited, 
one of which was the development of  
43 homes at Gardiners Park, Basildon 

where 33 homes were sold by the year 
ended 30 June 2018, generating a profit of 
£1.6m. Our investment in this venture has 
been fully repaid. The other is at Europa 
Way, Ipswich, where construction is now 
under way for 94 homes funded by a senior  
debt facility.

Other assets
Inventories comprise largely of sites (with 
and without planning), professional fees 
incurred in the planning process and option 
fees for strategic sites. The carrying value of 
inventories have remained relatively static in 
comparison to the previous year due to new 
opportunities being focused on options over 
strategic sites which are light on capital.

Trade and other receivables stand at 
£41.4m (2017: £28.1m) with approximately 
£24.9m being outstanding in relation to 
land transactions of which £11.0m is due 
after more than one year. 

Assets by segment (%)

14

18

3

28

37

Land sales
Housebuilding
Contract income
Investment
property
Other

38

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   38

10/9/2018   8:17:54 PM

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Net debt and borrowings
Our cash balances at the year end stood 
at £40.4m (2017: £26.5m) with net debt at 
£79.7m (2017: £68.0m). As expected net debt 
has increased due to the expansion in the 
Group’s housebuilding for open market  
sale and represents net gearing of 56.0%  
(2017: 52.1%) on net assets of £142.4m  
(2017: £130.6m) or 38.6% (2017: 35.0%) on 
EPRA net assets of £206.7m (2017: £194.4m). 

We have undrawn committed bank facilities 
at the year end of £32.1m (2017: £11.2m). 
Although £44.4m of our borrowings fall due 
within one year, in August 2018 we extended 
the maturity date of £18.4m ZDP shares 
by five years to 10 April 2024. In addition, 
we issued a further 1,000,000 ZDP shares 
at 150.8p per share raising a gross sum 
of £1.5m. The gross redemption yield will 
reduce from 7.3% per annum to 5.25% per 
annum as from 10 April 2019. 

Inland Homes has a revolving credit 
facility of £20.0m from Barclays to 
fund construction costs relating to the 
development of private homes for open 
market sale. As at the year end, the Group 
had drawn £13.8m of this facility. The Group 
also has a revolving credit facility of £17.2m 
from a Fund to finance sites with and 
without planning consent, that falls due for 
repayment in August 2020. This facility was 
fully drawn down at the year end. 

During the year we secured a facility 
for £11.5m from Homes England for 
infrastructure and development costs  
in respect of 450 homes at our site,  
Chapel Riverside in Southampton. As  
at 30 June 2018, a substantial part of  
Phase 1, comprising 72 units had been  
built and sold and consequently the full 
facility was available to fund ongoing costs.

We have a revolving cashflow facility of 
£24.0m to finance the construction of  
239 homes at Lily’s Walk in High Wycombe. 
The Group had drawn down £10.7m of this 
facility at the year end.

The Group is also in advance negotiations 
and has received strong indications that its 
borrowing facilities of £26.0m expiring in 
December 2018 will be extended by another 
12 months.

Inland Homes is in a solid financial position 
with a good spread of borrowing facilities to 
fund both land purchases and construction 
costs for the delivery of its strategic growth 
plans. This will be complemented by the 
expansion of its Partnership Housing 
activity which obviates the need for equity 
or debt and assists in reducing the Group’s 
gearing levels.

Debt maturity (£m)

2024/25

2023/24

2022/23

2021/22

2020/21

2019/20

2018/19

0

10

20

30

40

50

Proforma1

June 2018

Cash and headroom  
at 30 June 2018

£72.5m

2017: 37.7m

Borrowings
Net debt
Cash and headroom

Gearing – IFRS
   – EPRA

Average maturity  – facilities

  – borrowings
Weighted average cost of debt2 
– Housebuilding
– Land and investment property

1 Proforma figures include ZDP refinancing in August 2018.
2 Excludes ZDP.

Proforma June 
20181
£m
120.1
79.7
74.0
56.0%
38.6%
2.3 yrs
2.6 yrs

n/a
n/a

June 
2018 
£m
120.1
79.7
72.5
56.0%
38.6%
1.7 yrs
1.9 yrs

3.1%
5.9%

June 
2017
£m
94.5
68.0
37.7
52.1%
35.0%
2.7 yrs
2.7 yrs

3.5%
6.2%

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

39

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   39

10/9/2018   8:17:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock code: INL40INLAND HOMESANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORTCorporate and Social ResponsibilityThe Board is responsible for the governance of the Group’s corporate and social responsibilities. Our sustainability strategy is an inherent part of the Group’s overall business strategy. Our activities can be split into the following three areas:  SocietyCustomersEnsuring customers have a positive experience throughout their interaction  with us increases the likelihood of us securing project partnerships with developers and repeat custom or recommendations from homeowners. Our customer service procedures ensure that in the unlikely event a customer is dissatisfied, we are able to quickly respond and deal with the issue. We operate a dedicated Customer Service mailbox for each development. This enables our Customer Service team to log all reported issues and enquiries on dedicated trackers to monitor progress in addressing issues and to keep the customer informed. Our process means that whether the development is self-delivery or contractor- led, we can ensure that the issue or enquiry is forwarded directly to the correct personnel where it will be acknowledged and steps will be taken to resolve it. Our Customer Service Managers will attend face-to-face meetings with customers, where appropriate, to discuss, inspect and investigate reported issues first-hand and make immediate determinations as to how to resolve these issues. In the case of residential sales, our relationship with the homeowner also continues after the sale of a house, with close monitoring and support being provided, and customer feedback being sought with a view to improving our performance on future projects.During the year, we adopted a full suite of policies for the purposes of the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). These included our customer privacy policy which is on our website. We provided training in those policies to all our customer-facing staff who are also required to complete an e-learning data protection module. We also contacted all of our customers, giving them Society• Customers• Employees• Communities• CharitiesConstruction• Planning and regulation• Supply chain• Site management• Sustainability• Health & safetyEnvironment• Brownfield sites• Biodiversity• Waste managementInland Homes’ StakeholdersInland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   4010/9/2018   8:17:55 PMSTRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

the option to opt out of future mailings of 
marketing information.

Affordability
The Government’s recent White Paper 
on the reform of the housing market and 
boosting of supply of new homes in England 
highlighted that, in the current market 
place, affordability is often a barrier to 
people wanting to either take their first 
step on the property ladder or to upsize as 
their circumstances change. We recognise 
that supporting the affordability of new 
homes is vital to the continuing success of 
our business and our wide range of houses 
and apartments enables our customers 
to select the right property for their needs 
and budget. Our average selling price this 
year was £293,000 (2017: £306,000). The 
Government’s Help to Buy schemes have 
been an important mechanism to support 
home ownership and of the 275 homes sold 
this year (2017: 188), 58% were purchased 
using these schemes.

Employees
Our people are our greatest resource. 
Without the knowledge, skills and 
experience of our staff we would not be 
able to deliver our strategy and value to 
our shareholders. As our housebuilding 
operations have expanded, our staff 
levels have grown accordingly. Over the 
past two years, we have grown from 33 
to 105 employees at 30 June 2018. This 
level of growth can create communication 
challenges and to alleviate this potential 
issue we have introduced an intranet portal 
for all personnel during the last year. We 
believe in treating all of our employees and 
sub-contractors fairly and responsibly. 
We offer competitive salary and benefit 
packages, including pensions, life 
assurance and an interest-free loan share 
purchase scheme. We also support the 
Government’s Cycle to Work scheme.

The bringing of new talent into the Company 
is hugely important, especially as there 
is a general shortage of labour across 
all roles within the property industry. We 
are passionate about developing the next 
generation of workers, whether they be 
in our offices or on-site, working with our 
sub-contractors. We hire graduates and 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

apprentices and we offer work experience 
to students where there is a potential of a 
permanent employment position at the end. 
We employed four new apprentices during 
the year.

The Group provides extensive training for 
all our staff and achieved an average of 
8.5 days of training per employee during 
the year ended 30 June 2018. We support 
all staff with training that is specific to 
their role. All site-based staff undertake 
mandatory training in site safety and first 
aid at work and are expected to have the 
relevant CSCS card. We also provide bi-
monthly management training workshops 
to upskill our managers and during the year 
we instigated e-learning programmes for 
DSE and for the new GDPR policies referred 
to above (see “Customers” section).

A full suite of human resources (HR) 
policies has been formalised and 
implemented during the year and in 
January 2018, we introduced an HR 
information system which has the benefit 
of a self-service module, helping to 
streamline our processes and procedures. 
New and revised policies adopted during 
the year include maternity/paternity leave, 
adoption leave and whistleblowing.

Communities
Close collaboration with planning 
authorities and engagement with local 
communities enables us to refine our 
developments so as to reflect local 
demands within each locality that  
we serve.

We understand that the process of 
development and the consequences of 
investment decisions have a lasting effect 
upon local communities. The delivery of 
new homes comes with the responsibility 
of ensuring that the impact upon the lives 
of new and existing residents is understood 
and mitigated. We recognise that whilst 
we aim to have a positive effect on the 
communities in which we operate, existing 
and future residents may have concerns 
about perceived negative impacts of our 
construction and the future life of our 
developments. We appreciate that the local 
community has a right to enjoy their homes 

Board of Directors

 86%
 14% 

Senior managers

 80%
 20% 

Other employees

 71%
 29% 

Total employees

 72%
 28% 

INLAND HOMES

41

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   41

10/9/2018   8:17:55 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Corporate and Social Responsibility continued

“The children have not 
stopped talking about  
their visit to Lily’s Walk  
and were so impressed  
by the different skills  
and machinery.”

and working environment without nuisance 
caused by our works. Our sites have 
stringent procedures in place to reduce 
noise, dust and nuisance which may be 
caused by additional vehicular traffic both 
during and after the construction period. 
Our partnership sites are registered for the 
Considerate Constructors Scheme and in 
the year to 30 June 2018 our average score 
across the Group was 39 out of 50, well 
above the national average of 36/50.

Charities
We support local and national charities, 
as well as the communities in which we 
operate. We continue to support The 
British Institute of Brain Injured Children 
(BIBIC), the National Autistic Society 
and the London Taxi Drivers’ Fund for 
Underprivileged Children as well as 
sponsoring local football and cricket teams.

 Environment

Biodiversity and ecology
We continue to carry out biodiversity and 
ecology risk assessments as part of the 
site planning process, ensuring that the 
full impact of the development is fully 
understood and associated mitigation 
measures implemented if necessary. 

Brownfield sites make up 60% of the owned 
and controlled plots in our land bank and 
this strategy will continue to be important 
in our future plans.

Brownfield sites
The majority of our sites are “brownfield” 
meaning they have been previously used 
or built upon. These sites often present 
environmental issues which, whilst 

Lily’s Walk, High Wycombe

In May 2018, the Lily’s Walk 
project team arranged for a 
local primary school to visit 
Lily’s Walk. 

“I wanted to write to you to 
personally thank you for all 
the hard work and effort you 
have put into organising such 
a wonderful and memorable 
trip for our Nursery children 
today. The planning of the trip, 
from the moment I met you 
to start discussing it to the 
moment our bus left the site 
today has been so thorough 
and thoughtful. Your team  
has gone above and beyond 
 to accommodate the  
children safely and ensure 
such an educational and 
beneficial visit. 

Since arriving back to Nursery 
the children have not stopped 
talking about their visit to 

Lily’s Walk and were so 
impressed by the different 
skills and machinery. The 
digger that you had moved 
into the safe zone for them 
to be able to actually sit 
on was a wonderful touch 
and a real highlight for the 
children. The packs and hats 
you have also thoughtfully 
given to the children were 
very well received and the 
children could not wait to 
share them with their parents 
at pick up time this morning. 
Many parents asked me to 
personally pass on their 
thanks to you too. It has been 
a real opportunity to build 
a link in the community and 
we do hope that in the future 
we may be able to bring the 
children back to see the 
progress of the work. It was 
already staggering to see 
what had changed since we 

last visited to do the risk 
assessment. 

Once again, I would like to 
thank you for providing the 
opportunity for our young 
children to learn so much in 
the real building world. The 

set up you had provided meant 
that the children could have 
the best possible hands-on 
learning experience with 
ultimate safety too.”

Hannah Smart, Head of Nursery 
Godstowe Preparatory School

42

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   42

10/9/2018   8:17:56 PM

STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

generally of a relatively minor nature, 
can on occasions be more complex and 
challenging. The Group has experience and 
expertise in dealing with these issues. 

As an example, we are developing the 
former gas holders’ site at Lily’s Walk  
next to the town centre at High Wycombe. 
The site was a gas works for over a century, 
and inevitably the ground below the site 
contains various levels of contamination. 
To minimise the potential disturbance 
to the ground, we are constructing the 
buildings on sleeved concrete piles using 
methodology agreed with the Environment 
Agency and Thames Water to prevent any 
contamination leaching into the aquifer 
below the site. Additionally, Chapel 
Riverside in Southampton provided 
several environmental challenges and 
these are discussed in more detail on 
page 46. Projects such as these highlight 
our technical skills and ability to resolve 
issues using innovative solutions, enabling 
us to pursue projects which would be 
unattractive to developers who lack our 
expertise and experience.

Waste management
The Group is committed to reducing waste, 
arising from its construction activities and 
to recycling waste wherever possible. Our 
methodology can be summarised as “reuse, 
recycle, recover”. Disposal at landfill is 
regarded as a last resort, to be used only 
when none of these options are possible.

 Construction

Planning and regulation
As part of the planning process for 
each development, our consultation 
process involves engaging with a range 
of stakeholders from the existing 
communities, including local authorities, 
property owners, businesses, schools and 
residents’ associations. Where possible 
we incorporate feedback received from our 
engagement with stakeholders into our 
project plans.

We contribute to local communities over 
and above the employment opportunities 
we offer and the new homes we create. We 
invest in local communities in many forms, 
such as parks and public open space; 
education provision, community buildings 
and roads and other infrastructure.  
During the year we paid £2.4m via section  
106, legal agreements and CIL payments 
(2017: £1.5m). 

Following the Government’s requirement 
for housebuilders to review the fire strategy 
of their buildings, all apartment buildings 
constructed by the Group have been 
independently surveyed by a third party fire 
consultant and signed off as fully compliant 
with all relevant fire regulations. 

Supply chain
We strive to work with suppliers and sub-
contractors who share our values and who 
can support our business in a manner that 
is safe and efficient which reduces adverse 
environmental impact from operations. 
We intend that, so far as possible, our 
relationships with our suppliers are more 
in the nature of partnerships than one-
sided arrangements and we are keen to 
support our supply chain, appreciating the 
differences in the ways that people work 
and offering flexibility where appropriate. 
We are committed to paying our suppliers 
and sub-contractors within agreed terms. 
To improve the collaborative process  
with our sub-contractors we hosted  
our first Supply Chain Conference in  
November 2017 which was attended by 
over 50 sub-contractors. We used the 
conference to set out our requirements  
and expectations and to provide  
sub-contractors with an opportunity  
to outline their key aspirations in  
relation to securing a contract and  
working for their developer client. We 
are holding our second conference in 
November 2018 to continue our dialogue 
and to further improve our relationships.

As mentioned previously, we actively 
encourage apprenticeships within the 
business. During the year we employed 
three apprentices in construction 
management. 

39 out of 50

score from Considerate 
Constructors Scheme

60% 

of the owned and controlled plots 
in our land bank are made up of 
brownfield sites

November 
2017 

First supply chain conference

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

43

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   43

10/9/2018   8:17:57 PM

Queensgate, 
Farnborough

44

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   44

10/9/2018   8:18:00 PM

STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Corporate and Social Responsibility continued

Site management
As we now predominantly self-deliver our 
homes, we have gained greater control  
over developments. At all of our self-
delivery homes, we avoid using mixed  
use skips so that we can segregate waste. 
This means that it is easier for the waste to 
be recycled, reducing the amount that goes 
to landfill (see waste management section). 
We are also trying to reduce our carbon 
dioxide emissions through a number of 
initiatives, such as having eco-friendly  
site accommodation and ensuring that  
we are always using electricity from the 
main grid supply, rather than using less 
efficient generators.

Sustainability
Planning the sustainability of developments 
begins at the earliest stages of a project, 
when potential sites are assessed - for 
example, considering what materials are 
present on the site and if these could be 
reused in the construction. Throughout 
the planning of the infrastructure, 
buildings, and construction strategies, 
sustainability is a core focus, and decisions 
are taken which make both financial and 
ecological sense. On larger projects we 
have the scope to undertake ambitious 
sustainability projects, such as installing 
energy centres, and all of our projects 
use a range of environmentally friendly 
materials and construction methods. All of 
our timber suppliers and manufacturers 
are registered with either the PEFC or FSC 
(when every tree is cut down they plant 
three and all trees cut are from regulated 
forests in Scandinavia or Canada).

The principles of lifetime homes are 
incorporated into all of our developments, 
which means that our homes are designed 
to be easily adaptable for use by most 
occupants at all stages of life without the 
necessity for substantial alterations.

Health and safety
Occupational health and safety is integral 
to our culture. The Group appointed to a 
new post a head of Health and Safety in 
May 2017. The role of the appointee is to 
advise and assist managers of self-delivery 
projects on the effective implementation 
of these projects in a manner which 
minimises the role of injury or ill-health to 
those engaged in their delivery.

A steering group comprising all project 
managers and regional directors meets 
quarterly to review recent performance 
and to offer suggestions for further 
improvement. The steering group also 
reviews all proposed changes to the 
management system prior to their 
implementation.

We believe that our emphasis on 
high standards of safety from the 
commencement of each project filters down 
through our supply chain and encourages 
good performance from sub-contractors, 
teams and individuals. The benefits of this 
approach not only enable us to achieve low 
accident rates but also contribute to the 
success and profitability of the business.

As evidence of the benefits of our focus 
on health and safety, the self-delivery 
business has completed the last one million 
man hours worked with no reportable 
accidents – a zero Accident Frequency 
Rate (AFR). Our minor injury rate has also 
reduced significantly. This achievement 
is due primarily to the commitment, 
professionalism and competence of our 
staff.

High levels of safety and quality sit side 
by side and we will continue our focus on 
the management of these complementary 
areas in our future planning.

Zero AFR 

for last one million  
man hours

May 2018

Thames Valley Housebuilder 
of the Year, Thames Valley 
Property Awards

Sept 2017

Identified as one of  
London Stock Exchange 
Group’s 1,000 Companies  
to Inspire Britain

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

45

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   45

10/9/2018   8:18:00 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // STRATEGIC REPORT

Chapel Riverside, Southampton

In addition to the construction of the 
dwellings, there is quite a high element of 
civil infrastructure investment required 
which is expected to cost approximately 
£10m. This includes the construction of a 
210 metre long sea wall and the relocation 
of three existing water settlement tanks 
as well as substantial archaeological 
excavation.

Chapel Riverside represents 
the first scheme where we 
have partnered with a local 
authority.

The site is located a stone’s throw from 
the city’s Ocean Village but requires 
considerable regeneration. While the 
scheme is technically challenging, progress 
is running to plan with the team on target to 
deliver 457 homes over the next six years.

The Chapel Riverside scheme demonstrates 
how we can deliver significant schemes in 
collaboration with local authorities. The 
regeneration site was secured through a 
development agreement with Southampton 
City Council, with the aim to provide 
high-density housing to an area close to 
the attractive Ocean Village development. 
The Council continues to own the land and 
grant us a phased 999-year lease. The 
development agreement allows us to retain 
a fixed mark-up on all costs from the profits 
generated by the development. Any surplus 
profits above an agreed threshold will be 
shared between ourselves and the Council.

We undertake careful consideration of 
the requirements of the community when 
planning developments and this project is 
no exception. A number of benefits will be 
delivered to the community on completion. 
Currently, the area fronting the River Itchen 
is all in private ownership. As a result of 
this project, the waterfront will become 
accessible to the general public through 
the inclusion of a riverside walkway and 
parks in our development. Additionally, the 
development will contain a 3,600m2 plaza 
which will be open to the public.

The scale of the project is considerable and 
will take six years to complete. Construction 
of phase one commenced in September 
2017 and is due to complete in October 
2018. This phase comprises 72 units, all of 
which (except two show homes) were sold 
or contracts exchanged at the year end. 
The construction of the sea wall (phase 
two) is well underway and should complete 
in September 2018. Phase three has just 
commenced and is expected to complete in 
2020 with delivery of the remaining phases 
through to 2024.

46

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   46

10/9/2018   8:18:02 PM

Challenges
Archaelogical works
Archaeological works were undertaken for 
a period of 13 weeks from January 2017. 
A 12th century chapel was demolished 
above ground level in 1964. We undertook 
extensive excavation work to expose the 
remains and recorded every aspect. Much 
was learned about the way the building was 
used; from when it changed as a chapel 
to a tide mill and then one of the first 
steam driven mills in the 18th century. The 
site held strategic importance in piecing 
together the final area of what was the 
Saxon settlement of Hamwic. Our site is on 
the line of the old Saxon shore and Hamwic. 
Various finds of medieval pottery, waste 
pits and other items were discovered. 

Site contamination
Originally the site contained the Council’s 
waste and recycling centre, highways 
division premises for maintenance of refuse 
vehicles and storage of salt and grit for 
the roads and a Council double glazing 
factory. All these activities have contributed 
to the contamination of the site, including 
hydrocarbon pluming and asbestos and 
have to be dealt with as part of the project. 
Additionally, during site investigation work 
an old quay previously used for unloading 
and storing lumber was found to have 
been filled in together with two mill ponds 
on other parts of the site. Both of these 
required complex ground engineering 
solutions. The reclaimed land build-up 
does not offer bearing pressures to support 
any foundation other than a piled solution. 

The old quay wall will need to be  
grubbed out to remove any obstructions 
within the ground. Any hydrocarbon 
contamination will be remediated on site 
and the soil re-used.

Water settlement tanks
The pump house on site handles one-third 
of Southampton’s waste water. In addition, 
there are three large open air storm 
water settlement tanks which have to be 
relocated on the site as part of the project. 
Lengthy negotiations have taken place with 
Southern Water and the current proposal is 
to build an 18-metre deep precase concrete 
shaft which will use less area and therefore 
release further land for development. 
In order to retain control over time and 
budget we are designing and building this 
ourselves rather than having to rely on a 
third party.

STRATEGIC REPORT // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

5

6

4

2

1

3

Phases of build

1. 72 plots1
2. Sea wall
3. 132 plots + commercial2
4. 38 plots + commercial
5. 132 plots
6. 83 plots + commercial

1  Construction commenced 

September 2017 completing 
October 2018.

2  Construction commenced  

July 2018.

Sea wall
The project borders the River Itchen and 
as can be seen from the site diagram 
above, the sea wall covers almost half of 
the boundary of the site and is an extensive 
undertaking. It is 210 metres long with the 
outer wall requiring the sinking of 16-metre 
steel sheet pile walls with an inner wall of 
nine metres connected by over 100 four-
metre steel tie rod bars.

In order to finalise the design of the wall, 
negotiations were held with the Crown and 
the Marine Management Organisation as 
well as the local authority and will form 
part of the Southampton Strategic Flood 
Defence. Construction started in January 
2018 and will be completed in September 
2018 at a cost of over £2m.

Top left:  
CGI of phase three.
Top right: 
Construction of the 
sea wall.

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

47

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   47

10/9/2018   8:18:04 PM

Chapel Riverside,  
Southampton

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   48

10/9/2018   8:18:04 PM

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7 

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7

GOVERNANCE

Board of Directors 

Corporate Governance statement 

Remuneration Committee report 

Audit Committee report 

Directors’ report 

 50

   52

 58

 64

 65

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7 

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   49

10/9/2018   8:18:04 PM

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7

Stock code: INL50INLAND HOMESANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // GOVERNANCEBoard of DirectorsTerry Roydon Non-executive ChairmanAppointed to the Board2007Skills and expertiseTerry has extensive managerial, practical and political experience of the property sector obtained over a 40-year career. He was Chief Executive of Prowting plc, Non-executive Director of Country & Metropolitan plc and Avant plc (formerly Gladedale Holdings plc) as well as president of the Home Builders Federation.Other current appointmentsConsultant and member of the Board of Dom Development S.A., a major quoted Polish residential developer, Non-executive Director of Kimberly Resources NV (until February 2018 when the company delisted from AIM), Larkfleet Holdings Limited and Chairman of Sigma Homes Limited. He was also president of the European Union of Housebuilders and Developers until the expiry of his term of office in May 2018.Time commitment1-2 days per monthStephen Wicks Chief ExecutiveNishith Malde Finance DirectorAppointed to the Board2005Skills and expertiseStephen has worked in the construction and housebuilding sector all of his working life and has extensive experience in the acquisition of large-scale development opportunities.  He was the founding shareholder and Chief Executive of Country & Metropolitan plc, which floated on the main market of the London Stock Exchange in 1999 with a market capitalisation of £6.9m until its disposal in 2005 to Gladedale Holdings plc for approximately £72m.Other current appointmentsNon-executive Chairman of Energiser Investments plc.Time commitmentFull-timeCommittee membership    Audit           RemunerationA RAppointed to the Board 2005Skills and expertiseNish is a chartered accountant and has over 25 years’ experience in the property sector with wide professional knowledge and understanding of both listed and unlisted companies. He was Finance Director and Company Secretary of Country & Metropolitan plc, which floated on the main market of the London Stock Exchange in 1999, until its disposal in 2005 to Gladedale Holdings plc.Other current appointmentsExecutive Director of Energiser Investments plc.Time commitmentFull-timeGary Skinner Managing DirectorAppointed to the Board2018Skills and expertiseGary brings considerable experience to the Board having worked in the housebuilding sector for over 30 years. He joined the Group in February 2016 and was appointed to the Board in May 2018. Previously, he was Director of operations at Willmott Dixon Housing and production director at George Wimpey (now part of Taylor Wimpey plc).Time commitmentFull-timeInland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   5010/9/2018   8:18:09 PMwww.inlandhomesplc.com51INLAND HOMESGOVERNANCE // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 Simon Bennett Senior Independent Director1Laure Duhot Non-executive DirectorA RAppointed to the Board2018Skills and expertiseLaure brings over 30 years of senior executive level experience in the investment banking and property sectors, specialising in alternative real estate assets. She has held senior roles at Lehman Brothers, Macquarie Capital Partners, Sunrise Senior Living Inc and Grainger plc., and has been Non-executive Director  at a number of funds and property companies. Other current appointmentsManaging Director of Duhot-Consult Ltd which provides strategic and transaction support to investors and property firms and Non-executive Director at the Guinness Partnership and at healthcare REIT, MedicX Fund. Time commitment1-2 days per monthBrian Johnson Non-executive Director1 With effect from 13 September 2018.Appointed to the Board 2007Skills and expertiseSimon is a chartered accountant and has over 30 years of investment banking experience and of providing corporate finance and broking advice to growing companies. He was head of corporate finance and head of the  Mid and Small Caps team at Credit Lyonnais Securities as well as head of Corporate Broking at Fairfax IS plc and Sanlam Securities.Other current appointmentsHe established Incremental Capital LLP in 2004 to provide corporate finance advice to mid and small cap companies. He is also Chairman of the Grown Up Chocolate Company, a Non-executive Director of the Live Company Group Plc, where he is Head of the Audit Committee and a member of the Remuneration Committee and a Partner at Glenmill Partners, which provides impartial advice to growing companies.Time commitment1-2 days per monthAppointed to the Board 2018Skills and expertiseBrian brings a wealth of sector expertise, having held senior management and Non-executive positions within the housing, social care and commercial sectors. He was Chief Executive at CityWest Homes, Moat Homes Limited and at Metropolitan Housing Trust. In addition,  Brian was previously a  Non-executive Director at North Essex Partnership NHS Foundation Trust.Other current appointmentsInterim Chief Operating Officer at Abzena PLC.Time commitment1-2 days per monthInland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   5110/9/2018   8:18:12 PMANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // GOVERNANCE

Corporate Governance statement

The QCA Code is constructed around ten 
broad principles and a set of disclosures. 
The QCA has stated what it considers to 
be appropriate arrangements for growing 
companies and asks companies to provide 
an explanation about how they are meeting 
the principles through the prescribed 
disclosures. Recommendations are made 
within the QCA Code as to which particular 
disclosures should be made in the annual 
report and which should be made on the 
website. These recommendations have been 
followed in the preparation of this section.

In addition to the specific disclosures, 
the Code recommends the inclusion of 
a “Corporate Governance Statement” 
prepared by the Chairman in the annual 
report and on the website. The Company’s 
Corporate Governance statement is set 
out below. 

Corporate Governance statement
The Board, under my Chairmanship, is 
committed to sound corporate governance 
and to the fundamentals of corporate 
governance put forward by the QCA. Good 
corporate governance is about (i) having 
the right people in the right roles, working 
together and doing the right things to 
deliver shareholder value over the long 
term; (ii) being mindful of the Group’s 
responsibilities to all its stakeholders 
including the workforce, local communities 
and business counter-parties; and (iii) 
seeking to mitigate the environmental 
impact of the Group’s activities. The Board 
recognises that good communication is 
essential to good corporate governance and 
to gaining and maintaining the trust of our 
shareholders.

As Chairman, I lead discussions on the 
corporate governance responsibilities of the 
Board and am the ultimate reporting point 
for all corporate governance-related issues. 

High-level information as to how the QCA 
Code is applied by the Group and how its 
application supports the Company’s long 
term success as well as explanations for 
any areas in which the Group’s governance 
structures and practices differ from the 
expectations set by the QCA Code are set 
out later in this report.

In furtherance of the Group’s commitment 
to corporate governance, the Board was 
strengthened during the year by the 
appointment of two additional independent 
non-executive directors, Laure Duhot and 
Brian Johnson, both of whom bring relevant 
and valuable experience to the Board as 
well as balancing out the executive and 
non-executive contingent. Biographical 
details for Laure and Brian, summarising 
the skills that they bring to the Board, are 
set out on page 51.

Following the appointments of Laure and 
Brian, the departure of Paul Brett in April of 
this year and the appointment to the Board 
of Gary Skinner, the Board comprises three 
executive directors and four non-executive 
directors, including the Chairman.

As part of the Board’s review of its 
corporate governance arrangements it has 
considered the ten principles of the QCA 
Code and has considered how and to what 
extent it is appropriate for the Company 
to adopt practices for the purposes of 
complying with those principles, having 
regard to the nature and scale of the 
Group’s operation and the resources 
available to the Group. The following 
summary makes appropriate compliance 
disclosures against each principle. 

The ten principles of the QCA Code are  
as follows:

Establish a strategy and business model 
which promote long term value for 
shareholders
The Group’s strategy is set out and 
discussed on page 20 and its business 
model is summarised on page 16. The 
business model is focused on maintaining 
a strong portfolio of properties delivering 
both short and medium to long term 
value to shareholders. As in past years, 
the Board’s four strategic goals are (i) 
to acquire land and add value through 
planning; (ii) to continue the core activity 
of plot sales to generate cash to fund our 
operations; (iii) to maximise value from the 
land-bank by expanding the house-building 
and Partnership Housing programmes; and 
(iv) to maintain borrowings at a manageable 
level through a strong focus on cash 
management and vendor financing.

Stock code: INL

Terry Roydon  
Chairman

Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Board I am pleased 
to present the Corporate Governance 
statement for the year ended 30 June 2018.

Introduction
Following amendments made to the AIM 
Rules, which take effect on 28 September 
2018, all AIM companies are required to 
apply a recognised corporate governance 
code and to make additional website 
disclosures relating to their compliance 
with that code. 

In compliance with the new requirement, 
the Company has, since the year end, 
adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance’s 
(“QCA”) Corporate Governance Code (which 
was revised in April 2018) (“QCA Code”) 
and has updated its website to include the 
additional disclosures required by the QCA 
Code and the AIM Rules. 

The information set out in this report 
has been prepared as if the requirement 
to adopt the QCA Code had been in 
force during the financial year ended 
30 June 2018.

The QCA Code takes key elements of good 
governance and applies them in a manner 
which is workable for the different needs 
of growing companies. In determining the 
extent and manner of application of the QCA 
Code, the Board has had regard to the size, 
risks, complexity and nature of operations 
of the business.

52

INLAND HOMES

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   52

10/9/2018   8:18:12 PM

GOVERNANCE // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

section, the Board is in the process of 
formulating an evaluation framework for 
directors, including the Chairman and 
committees of the Board.

Promote a corporate culture that is based 
on ethical values and behaviours
The Group places great value on its culture 
and promotes ethical values and behaviours 
internally and amongst its stakeholders. 
The culture and ethical values of the 
Group are best demonstrated through its 
commitment to corporate responsibility 
and sustainability initiatives as described 
on pages 40 to 45 under the heading 
“Corporate and Social Responsibility”.

Maintain governance structures and 
processes that are fit for purpose and 
support good decision-making by the 
board
Our corporate governance structures and 
processes are summarised and discussed 
at page 55 below under the heading 
“Governance framework”.

Communicate how the company 
is governed and is performing by 
maintaining a dialogue with shareholders 
and other relevant stakeholders
In addition to the activities summarised 
under the QCA Code principle, “Seek to 
understand and meet shareholder needs and 
expectations” the Company undertakes the 
investor relations activities described on 
page 56 under the heading “Engaging with 
our shareholders”. The Company’s Audit 
Committee report is set out on page 64 and 
the Remuneration Committee Report is set 
out on pages 58 to 63.

Seek to understand and meet shareholder 
needs and expectations
Primary responsibility for investor relations 
rests with the Company’s Chief Executive, 
Stephen Wicks supported by the Finance 
Director, Nish Malde and the Managing 
Director, Gary Skinner. In addition to 
investor presentations and meetings, 
the Board uses the Company’s Annual 
General Meeting to make a presentation to 
shareholders on the Group’s performance. 
The Annual General Meeting also provides 
an opportunity for the shareholders, 
particularly private shareholders, to 
question the Board and to share their 
thoughts on the Group’s strategy and 
business model. Further information 
is set out on page 56 under the heading 
“Engaging with our shareholders”.

Take into account wider stakeholder 
and social responsibilities and their 
implications for long term success
The Board is responsible for directing 
the Group’s wider stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and sustainability strategy. 
These activities fall into three broad 
categories: Society (customers, employees, 
communities and charities); Environment 
(brownfield sites, biodiversity and waste) 
and Construction (planning, supply chain, 
site management, sustainability and health 
and safety). Further information is set 
out on pages 40 to 45 under the heading 
“Corporate and Social Responsibility”.

Embed effective risk management, 
considering both opportunities and 
threats, throughout the organisation
The principal risks which the Group faces 
and the processes which it has put in place 
to mitigate those risks are listed on pages 
24 to 29. These risks are discussed between 
the Board and senior management as a 
matter of course and information relating 
to them is communicated to all relevant 
executives. An assessment of relevant risks 
is an integral part of the decision-making 
process at all levels of the Group.

Maintain the board as a well-functioning, 
balanced team led by the chairman
The QCA Code requires that the boards 
of AIM companies have an appropriate 
balance between executive and non-
executive directors and that each board 
should have at least two independent 
directors. As mentioned above, during the 
year the Board has been strengthened with 
the appointment of Laure Duhot and Brian 
Johnson as independent Non-executive 
Directors. The Board considers that the 
Company’s chairman, Terry Roydon, and 
Simon Bennett, are also independent. A 
summary of the key responsibilities of 
the Board is set out on page 54 under the 
heading “Effective leadership” and details 
of the governance framework established 
by the Board to support its operation in 
line with the principles of the QCA Code, 
including as to provision of information 
to members of the Board, is set out on 
page 55 under the heading “Governance 
framework”.

Ensure that between them the directors 
have the necessary up-to-date 
experience, skills and capabilities.
All seven members of the Board have 
significant relevant sector experience 
and the majority of the Board also have 
considerable prior experience of listed 
companies. Biographical information on 
each member of the Board is provided on 
pages 50 and 51. The Board believes that 
its blend of relevant experience, skills and 
personal qualities and capabilities positions 
it well to successfully execute its strategy. 
The training and development activities 
undertaken by members of the Board are 
summarised at page 57 below.

Evaluate board performance based on 
clear and relevant objectives, seeking 
continuous improvement
The effectiveness of the Board is key to the 
effective implementation and operation of 
the Group’s strategy and business model 
and the Board seeks to foster a culture of 
continuous improvement to maximise the 
effectiveness of board practices. Details 
of the Board’s approach to evaluation 
are set out on page 57 under the heading 
“Evaluation”. As further described in that 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

53

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   53

10/9/2018   8:18:13 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // GOVERNANCE

Corporate Governance statement continued

Effective leadership
Our Board
Led by our Chairman, Terry Roydon, the 
Board is committed to promoting the 
long term success of the Group for the 
benefit of our shareholders and other 
stakeholders. Our Directors bring a range 
of skills, perspectives and corporate 
experience to our Boardroom. The Board 
is responsible for decisions relating to the 
Group’s strategy, capital structure and 
financing, any major property acquisition, 
the risk appetite of the Group and the 
authorisation of expenditure above the 
delegated authority limits.

The Board considers the following to be its key 
responsibilities:

• to set the vision and strategy for the Group; 

• to determine and secure the execution of 

that strategy by putting in place its business 
model so as to deliver value to shareholders;

• to monitor management activity and 

performance against targets;

• to provide constructive challenge to ensure 
management remains focused on strategic 
objectives;

• to define the Group’s corporate governance 

arrangements; and

• to promote the long term success of the 
Group for the benefit of all stakeholders.

When making decisions, the Board has regard 
to the following fundamental considerations:

• the need to act with integrity and to  

conduct itself and the business in an open 
and honest manner; 

• the interests and well-being of our 

employees;

• the impact of the decision on local 

communities, business counter-parties and 
the environment;

• the wants and needs of current and future 

customers; and

• the need to develop strong and sustainable 
relationships with our key contractors and 
suppliers.

Our Board has established the governance 
framework illustrated in the chart on  
page 55 to support its effective operation 
in line with the principles of the QCA Code 
and generally to maintain good governance 
practices throughout the Group. 

The Operating Board, which consists of the 
three Executive Directors and the five senior 
managers, is responsible for ensuring that 
policies and behaviours set at Board level are 
effectively communicated and implemented 
across the Group’s business. Our intranet 
is also used as a platform for employees to 
access our policies and be kept fully informed 
of the latest developments within the Group.

Attendance
The Board meets regularly throughout the 
year and full attendance is encouraged 
where possible. The following table sets 
out the number of meetings held during the 
year to 30 June 2018 and the attendance at 
those meetings.

Independent
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No

Name of Director
Terry Roydon
Simon Bennett
Laure Duhot
Brian Johnson
Stephen Wicks
Nish Malde
Paul Brett
Gary Skinner

54

INLAND HOMES

No. of meetings attended

7
7
n/a
n/a
7
7
5
1

Attendance
100%
100%
n/a
n/a
100%
100%
100%
100%

Culture
From early 2017 the Group has seen 
a significant growth in its workforce. 
Throughout this period of rapid growth, the 
Board has sought to maintain a ‘family feel’ 
within the business. We pride ourselves 
on our open, supportive and caring culture 
which encourages everyone to work together 
as one team regardless of where they work 
in the business. We believe that our culture 
is a key strength of our business and we 
see the benefits of our strong culture in the 
level of employee engagement, retention and 
productivity across the Group. Our managers 
take responsibility for monitoring the culture 
within their own areas and for feeding back 
any issues, comments or concerns raised by 
our employees to the Board. 

The Group places considerable value on the 
involvement of its employees and keeps them 
informed of all relevant matters on a regular 
basis. In July 2017, to explore the impact of 
the increasing numbers of staff resulting 
from the growth of the business, the Board 
commissioned an external consultant to lead 
a piece of work with a small group of staff. 
The external consultant facilitated a one-day 
workshop for 19 multi-disciplinary staff to 
explore the past, present and future cultures 
of the Group with a view to identifying actions 
to build on the existing culture and for staff to 
work more closely together as one business. 
The staff who attended were fully engaged 
in the workshop and as a result, were able to 
identify the preferred culture for the Group 
to work towards and the actions to help it 
achieve that. Many of those actions have been 
completed. These include the development 
of an intranet to improve communication, 
informal social events to engender a sense 
of ‘one company’ and to celebrate success, 
regular site visits for senior staff and back 
office staff to understand the business better, 
standard policies and procedures across 
all disciplines, the development of a supply 
chain forum and the establishment of central 
training provision/administration so that staff 
have the knowledge and skills needed to do 
their job.

Within the Corporate and Social 
Responsibility section, on pages 40 to 45, 
there are further details on our employees.

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   54

10/9/2018   8:18:13 PM

GOVERNANCE // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Governance framework

We pride ourselves on conducting our business in an open and transparent manner. Our governance framework remains flexible due to 
our culture and allows for fast decision making and effective oversight.

The Board

The Board is primarily responsible for setting the Group’s strategy for delivering long term value to our shareholders and other 
stakeholders, providing effective challenge to management concerning the execution of the strategy and ensuring the Group maintains 
an effective risk management and internal control system.

The Board delegates certain matters to its two principal committees:



Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Responsible for reviewing, and reporting to the Board on 
the Group’s financial reporting, maintaining an appropriate 
relationship with the Group’s Auditor and monitoring the internal 
control systems.

Responsible for establishing the Group’s Remuneration Policy for 
Executive Directors and ensuring there is a clear link between our 
performance and the remuneration we pay.



Operating Board

The Board delegates the execution of the Group’s strategy and the day-to-day management of the business to the Operating Board.

Independence

The Board considers that our Non-
executive Directors remain independent. 
All Directors have confirmed (as they are 
required to do annually) that they have been 
able to allocate sufficient time to discharge 
their responsibilities effectively.

The independence of our Non-executive 
Directors is considered on a regular basis 
to confirm that they remain independent 
from executive management and free from 
any business or other relationship which 
could materially interfere with the exercise 
of their judgement. 

As stated above, the Board was 
strengthened during the year by the 
appointment of two additional independent 
Non-executive Directors, Laure Duhot and 
Brian Johnson. 

Terry Roydon and Simon Bennett have 
served the Company as non-executive 
Directors since its admission to AIM in 2007. 
The QCA Code acknowledges that the fact 
that a director has served for more than 
nine years does not automatically affect 

independence provided that the Board 
is satisfied that the director continues to 
exhibit independence of character and 
judgment. In the Board’s opinion, both Terry 
and Simon have continued to demonstrate 
robust commitment to their roles and to 
exercise their judgement in an effective 
and independent manner, nor do they have 
any association with management that 
might compromise their independence. 
Accordingly, the Board considers them to 
be independent Non-executive Directors 
of the Company. They will also stand for 
re-election at all Annual General Meetings 
of the Company. 

Our Directors are required to notify the 
Board of any changes to their external 
commitments with an indication of the time 
commitment involved. During the year, 
Terry Roydon became Chairman of Sigma 
Homes Limited. Terry notified the Board in 
advance of his appointment and the Board 
has confirmed that it does not believe 
that this change in directorship will affect 
Terry’s ability to fulfil his duties as the 
Chairman of the Company nor will it give 
rise to a potential conflict of interest. 

Any Director who has concerns about the 
running of the Group or a proposed course 
of action is encouraged to express those 
concerns which are then recorded. No such 
concerns were raised during the year ended 
30 June 2018 (2017: None). During the year, 
the Chairman held a number of meetings 
with the Non-executive Directors without 
executive management being present. 
These meetings are useful to safeguard 
the independence of our Non-executive 
Directors by providing them with time 
to discuss their views in a more private 
environment.

We have established an agreed procedure 
by which Directors can, for the purposes of 
discharging their duties, obtain independent 
professional advice at the Company’s 
expense. No Director had reason to use this 
facility during the year ended 30 June 2018 
(2017: None).

The Board has considered whether 
the Company is of a size where the it 
is appropriate to designate one of the 
Non-executive Directors as the “Senior 
Independent Director” to act as a sounding 
board and intermediary for the Chairman 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

55

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   55

10/9/2018   8:18:13 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // GOVERNANCE

Corporate Governance statement continued

or other members of the Board and to 
provide an alternative route of access 
to the Board for shareholders and other 
directors where appropriate. The Board 
has nominated Simon Bennett as the Senior 
Independent Director. 

Conflict of interests
As a Non-executive Director’s 
independence could be impaired where a 
Director has a conflict of interest, the Board 
operates a policy that restricts a Director 
from voting on any matter in which he or 
she might have a personal interest unless 
the Board unanimously decides otherwise. 
Prior to all major Board decisions, the 
Chairman requires the Directors to confirm 
that they do not have a potential personal 
conflict with the matter being discussed. 
If a conflict does arise, the Director is 
excluded from discussions and from voting.

Information sharing
The Board and its Committees are provided 
with comprehensive papers in a timely 
manner to ensure that the members are 
fully briefed on the matters to be discussed 
at their meetings. The Chairman of the 
Board and the chairmen of the Committees, 
being Terry Roydon in the case of the 
Audit Committee and Simon Bennett in 
the case of the Remuneration Committee, 
set the agendas for upcoming meetings in 
discussion with members of the Board and 
Committees (as the case may be). 

Papers to the Board are required to be 
clear and concise with any background 
material included as an appendix to  
the papers.

Share dealing
The Directors comply with Rule 21 of the 
AIM Rules relating to Directors’ dealings 
and take all reasonable steps to ensure 
compliance by the Company’s applicable 
employees. The Company has adopted and 
operates a share-dealing code for Directors 
and employees in accordance with  
the AIM Rules and the Market Abuse 
Directive (MAR).

56

INLAND HOMES

Roles and responsibilities
Our Board is composed of the Chairman, 
three Executive Directors and three 
independent Non-executive Directors.

The key responsibilities of each category of 
directors are set out below:

Key responsibilities of the Chairman 
• To lead the Board effectively and to 
oversee the adoption, delivery and 
communication of the Company’s 
corporate governance model.

• To ensure that the Board has the right 

balance of skills, experience and 
independence.

• To promote teamwork across the Board.

• To engender a Boardroom culture 

that is rooted in the principles of good 
governance and enables challenge, debate 
and transparency.

• To ensure that the Board as a whole 

plays a full and constructive part in the 
development of strategy and that there is 
sufficient time for Boardroom discussion.

• To ensure effective engagement between 
the Board and its shareholders and other 
stakeholders. 

Key responsibilities of the Chief  
Executive (CEO)
• To execute the Group’s strategy and 

commercial objectives and to implement 
the decisions of the Board and its 
Committees.

• To keep the Chairman and Board 

appraised of important and strategic 
issues facing the Group.

• To ensure that the Group’s business is 

conducted with the highest standards of 
integrity, in keeping with our culture.

• To manage the Group’s risk profile, 

including the maintenance of appropriate 
health, safety and environmental policies.

Key responsibilities of the Non-executive 
Directors (NEDs)
• To provide constructive challenge to our 
executives, to help to develop proposals 
on strategy and to monitor performance 
against our KPIs.

• To ensure that no individual or group 

dominates the Board’s decision making.

• To promote the highest standards of 

integrity and corporate governance 
throughout the Company, including at 
Board level.

• To determine appropriate levels of 

remuneration for the Executive Directors 
with the benefit of recommendations 
made by the Remuneration Committee.

• To review the integrity of the Group’s 

financial reporting processes, including 
ensuring that financial controls and 
systems of risk management are robust.

The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive 
are separately held and the respective 
duties and responsibilities attached to 
those positions are clearly established.

Engaging with our shareholders
We recognise the importance of clear 
communication and proactive engagement 
with our shareholders.

The following is a summary of the different 
actions taken by the Company to maximise 
shareholder engagement.

Investor meetings
Following the full year and half year 
announcements, as well as at various 
times during the year as requested, the 
Executive Directors present to a number 
of institutional and significant private 
investors to update them on the Group’s 
results and strategy and answer any 
questions they may have.

Institutional shareholders and fund 
managers
Our Executive Directors also maintain 
contact with institutional shareholders 
and fund managers, through phone calls, 
presentations and visits to our Group’s 
property assets. 

Annual General Meeting
Our 2017 Annual General Meeting (AGM)
was held on 28 November 2017 and we were 
delighted to receive in excess of 91% votes 
in favour for all of our resolutions. The 2018 
AGM is to be held on 27 November 2018 
at Decimal Place, Chiltern Avenue, 
Amersham, Buckinghamshire, HP6 5FG 
and we encourage our shareholders to 
attend. The AGM provides an opportunity 
for private shareholders in particular to 
raise any queries with the Board.

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   56

10/9/2018   8:18:13 PM

GOVERNANCE // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Annual and half year reports
We communicate with shareholders 
through our annual report and accounts 
and interim report, full year and half year 
announcements and trading updates. 
Through our electronic communication 
initiatives, we aim to make our annual 
report as accessible as possible for our 
shareholders, who can opt to receive a hard 
copy in the post or PDF copies via email or 
from our website.

Corporate website
The Group’s corporate website,  
www.inlandhomesplc.com, has a dedicated 
investor section which includes our 
annual reports, results presentations 
(which are made to analysts and investors 
after the publication of the interim and 
full year results) and our financial and 
dividend calendar for the upcoming year. 
Additionally, we have a commercial website 
(www.inlandhomes.co.uk) which contains 
details of all our current developments.

Debtholder engagement
Our CEO, Stephen Wicks and Group Finance 
Director, Nish Malde, have meetings and 
calls with the ZDP shareholders as and 
when requested.

Key contacts for our shareholders
We have included contact details for 
our financial PR consultants, Company 
Secretary and our Registrars on page 116.

Evaluation
In view of the size of the Group and the 
relatively small Board of the Company,  
the Company has not historically  
adopted a formal evaluation process for 
individual members of the Board and the 
Committees. Instead, the Chairman has 
invited feed-back on the performance of 
members of the Board on an informal  
but confidential basis from time to time 
and, if and when necessary, has addressed 
any points arising directly with the  
director concerned. 

Following its adoption of the QCA Code, the 
Board intends to adopt a formal evaluation 
process in the current financial year which 
will include the completion and return to 
the Chairman of questionnaires relating to 
the effectiveness of the Board and a self-
assessment by each director of his or her 
contribution to the Board. The responses 
to those questionnaires will then form 
the basis for discussions between each 
Director and the Chairman and, in the case 
of the Chairman, a nominated independent 
non-executive director. 

In view of the size of the Group, the 
Directors do not consider that an  
external review process with the associated 
costs is an appropriate or proportionate 
use of resources at this point in the 
 Group’s development.

Training and development
With the dynamic environment in which 
the Group operates, it is important for our 
Executive and Non-executive Directors 
to keep abreast of recent, and upcoming, 
developments both in the industry and in 
the regulation of companies whose shares 
are traded on public markets.

Professional advisers to the Group 
deliver industry and professional updates 
to members of the Board; the Finance 
Director provides regular updates to the 
Board and its Committees on regulatory 
and corporate governance matters and the 
Managing Director provides updates on any 
significant changes affecting the industry. 

During the year the Board also received 
an AIM rules refresher presentation from 
the Company’s nominated adviser and all 
Directors have access to the resources 
provided by the Quoted Companies’ Alliance 
by virtue of the Company’s membership of 
that organisation.

Terry Roydon
Chairman
19 September 2018

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

57

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   57

10/9/2018   8:18:13 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // GOVERNANCE

Remuneration Committee report 
(unaudited)

In 2013, in line with best corporate 
governance and market practice, the 
Remuneration Committee introduced a 
new deferred bonus plan and a long term 
incentive plan for the Company’s Executive 
Directors, which have been designed to 
incentivise the Executive Directors to 
grow the business and maximise returns 
to shareholders. The latter is known as 
The Inland Homes plc 2013 Growth Plan 
(“2013 LTIP”), which will operate for a 
period of six years and which was approved 
by shareholders in general meeting in 
December 2013. The key elements of the 
scheme are set out below.

Basic salary
The basic salaries of the Executive 
Directors are reviewed on an annual basis. 
The Remuneration Committee seeks to 
establish a basic salary for each position 
commensurate with the individual’s 
responsibilities and performance, taking 
into account comparable salaries for 
similar companies of a similar size in the 
same market.

Role of the Committee
The role of the Remuneration Committee 
is to determine the specific remuneration 
package for each of the Executive Directors 
and no Director is involved in any decisions 
that will affect his own remuneration. The 
Remuneration Committee has access to 
information provided by the three Executive 
Directors of Inland Homes, namely Stephen 
Wicks, Chief Executive, Nishith Malde, 
Group Finance Director and Gary Skinner, 
Managing Director and independent 
advice from external consultants, where it 
considers this to be appropriate.

Policy for Executive Directors’ 
remuneration
The policy for Executive Directors’ 
remuneration is designed to attract, 
motivate and retain high calibre individuals 
with a competitive remuneration package. 
The remuneration policy takes into account 
the overall performance of the Company 
and the individual Executive Directors and 
the prevailing pay structures in the markets 
in which Inland Homes operates.

The Executive Directors’ remuneration 
is designed to provide a balance between 
fixed and variable rewards, although it 
is recognised that it is common industry 
practice for total remuneration to 
be significantly influenced by annual 
bonuses and long term incentive plans. 
Consequently, remuneration packages for 
individual Executive Directors comprise a 
basic salary, deferred bonus plan, a long 
term incentive plan and benefits in kind. 
In agreeing the basic salary and annual 
bonuses, in addition to the factors outlined 
above, the Remuneration Committee 
considers the aggregate remuneration to 
be received by the individual Executive. 

Simon Bennett  
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

There is no requirement for companies 
quoted on AIM to produce a formal 
Remuneration Report. As a consequence, 
this Remuneration Report is produced 
for information purposes in order to give 
shareholders and other users of the 
financial statements greater transparency 
about the way in which the Directors of 
Inland Homes are remunerated.

This report sets out the remuneration paid 
to the Directors for the year ended 30 June 
2018 and the remuneration policy for the 
forthcoming financial year  
and beyond.

Membership and attendance 
The Board has established a Remuneration 
Committee which currently consists of 
Simon Bennett, independent Non-executive 
Director, who is Chairman of the committee 
and Terry Roydon, the Company’s Non-
executive Chairman. The Remuneration 
Committee meets formally three times a 
year and on such other occasions as may  
be required.

Independent

No. of meetings

Attendance

Terry 
Roydon

  Simon 
Bennett

Yes

3

Yes

3

100%

100%

58

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   58

10/9/2018   8:18:14 PM

GOVERNANCE // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Long Term Incentive Plans
The Company operates both an unapproved 
share option scheme, which is open to  
all employees of Inland Homes, and the 
2013 LTIP.

Awards under the unapproved share option 
scheme are made on a periodic basis to 
the Company’s Directors and employees. 
The share options in this scheme vest 
three years after the date of grant and have 
an exercise period of seven years. The 
schemes are equity-settled.

The following is a summary of the principal 
features and terms of the 2013 LTIP: 

1. Creation of Growth Shares 
The plan operates by reference to rights 
attached to a special class of share in a 
newly established intermediate holding 
company (Inland Homes 2013 Limited) 
between the Company and the Group’s 
trading subsidiaries. The special class of 
shares are called “Growth Shares”. The 
Growth Shares are qualifying shares for 
the purposes of the Employee Shareholder 
Status scheme, the aim of which is to 
provide tax benefits to employees and 
Directors who achieve growth for their 
employing companies.

The awards in relation to the Growth 
Shares will be subject to performance 
targets (“Performance Targets”) and when 
such Performance Targets are achieved, a 
relevant proportion of the Growth Shares 
will be awarded. 

2. Vesting and exchange of  
Growth Shares 
Subject to the Performance Targets being 
met, the awards in relation to the Growth 
Shares will vest in accordance with the 
Articles of Association of Inland Homes 
2013 Limited if and when each Performance 
Target is met. After vesting, the Growth 
Shares may be realised by being exchanged 
for a fixed number of the Company’s 
ordinary shares. 

The Growth Shares will not carry any 
entitlement to dividends, capital or 
voting unless and until they vest and are 
exchanged for shares in the Company. 

3. Participants 
Originally, when the 2013 LTIP was 
established, the Executive Directors 
participating in the 2013 LTIP and their 
allocations of Growth Shares were as 
follows: Stephen Wicks 47%, Nishith Malde 
38% and Paul Brett 15% (collectively the 
“Participants”). Paul Brett, who remains 
as a consultant to the Group, stepped 
down from the Board with effect from 16 
April 2018 prior to which he exchanged 79 
Growth Shares for 896,689 ordinary shares. 
Consequently, Mr Brett’s allocation of any 
future Growth Shares has lapsed and the 
aggregate number of ordinary shares now 
issuable under the 2013 LTIP has been 
reduced by 1,702,576 ordinary shares 
to 9,647,928 ordinary shares (previously 
11,350,504 ordinary shares). 

Deferred Bonus Plan 
The Deferred Bonus Plan came into effect 
on 1 July 2013. Executive Directors can 
earn up to 100% of basic annual salary 
as an annual bonus. The plan provides 
for 50% of an Executive Director’s bonus 
to be mandatorily deferred into ordinary 
shares in the Company. Under these 
arrangements, bonuses would be based 
on a percentage of the individual Executive 
Director’s base salary as follows: 

• 50% of salary for “on target” 

performance; and 

• a further 50% of salary for “out-

performance”. 

For example, for achieving 90% of on target 
performance there will be a discretionary 
bonus of up to 25% of salary (and pro-
rata between 90% and 100% of on target 
performance) and there will be no bonus 
for less than 90% of on target performance. 

The target is measured by reference to  
two equally weighted performance 
measures, namely: 

i.  profit before taxation as compared with 
brokers’ market forecasts following the 
announcement of the preliminary results 
of the previous accounting period; and 

ii.  net debt levels. 

Once the quantum of the Executive 
Directors’ bonuses has been calculated, 
these will be settled as 50% in cash and as 
50% by the issue of ordinary shares of the 
Company. The issue of any ordinary shares 
awarded under the Deferred Bonus Plan 
will be deferred for three years and will be 
subject to forfeiture in the event that an 
Executive Director leaves the Company as 
a “bad leaver”, but would not be subject to 
any further performance conditions. 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

59

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   59

10/9/2018   8:18:14 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // GOVERNANCE

Remuneration Committee report 
(unaudited) continued

vest in the following period or periods, 
provided that the Performance Target for 
those periods is achieved, as the target gets 
increasingly more stretching. 

The first Performance Target was set at a 
price of 60.5 pence per ordinary share (the 
“First Target Performance Price”), being 
a 30% premium to the share price of 46.5 
pence per ordinary share (the “Initial Base 
Price”), being the mid price at the close of 
business on 20 December 2013, the date 
2013 LTIP was adopted. 

The table below shows the accounting 
periods and the total number of ordinary 
shares in the Company that would be 
issuable as at 30 June 2018 on exchange 
for vested Growth Shares assuming the 
Performance Target for each year of the 
respective years is achieved.

3. Participants (continued)
Of these, 6,000,000 ordinary shares were 
available to be issued to the Participants, 
under the terms of the 2013 LTIP, as the 
Performance Targets had been met. Of this 
aggregate number, 896,689 ordinary shares 
were issued to Paul Brett on 9 April 2018 
with 3,311 ordinary shares having lapsed 
as explained below. As a consequence, 
at 30 June 2018 there were 9,647,928 
ordinary shares available to be issued to 
the Participants (5,100,000 ordinary shares 
which have been earned and 4,547,928 
available to be earned subject to the 
performance criteria being met), equivalent 
to 4.72% of the total issued ordinary 
share capital at the year end. Following 
the financial year end, a further 2,814,924 
ordinary shares were issued to Stephen 
Wicks on 19 July 2018 and consequently 
there are now 6,833,004 ordinary shares 
available to be issued to the remaining 
Participants subject, where relevant, to 
the performance criteria being met. Of this 
number, 2,285,076 ordinary shares have 
been earned and 4,547,928 ordinary shares 
are available to be earned.

Due to an anomaly in the way in which 
the 2013 LTIP was drafted, fractional 
entitlement of a Growth Share can’t 
be exchanged for ordinary shares and 
therefore the actual number of ordinary 
shares issued to Paul Brett was 896,689 
(shown as 900,000 in last year’s financial 
statements) and to Stephen Wicks was 
2,814,924 (shown as 2,820,000 in last year’s 
financial statements). It is the present 
intention of the Remuneration Committee to 

issue any earned but unallocated ordinary 
shares created by this anomaly to the 
existing Participants (which currently total 
5,076 ordinary shares) when the 2013 LTIP 
is closed in accordance with its terms.

Any awards to the Executive Directors 
under the 2013 LTIP are subject to good 
and bad leaver provisions and Paul Brett 
was determined to have been a good leaver 
and was, as a result, entitled to retain the 
ordinary shares that he was entitled to in 
accordance with the rules of the scheme. 
Gary Skinner, who recently joined the Group 
Board, will not be entitled to any awards 
under the 2013 LTIP. 

4. Performance Targets 
Vesting will only occur if specific 
Performance Targets (which are linked to 
the share price of Inland Homes plc over 
six consecutive performance periods) are 
met or exceeded for 15 working days in the 
relevant performance period. Each annual 
performance period ends 20 working days 
after the announcement of preliminary 
results for each year, usually therefore in 
October of each year.

The target share prices for the 2013 
LTIP are based on compounded growth 
being achieved and, accordingly, if the 
Performance Target is missed in one 
period, the participants’ awards can still 
vest if the required compound percentage 
of growth is achieved in subsequent 
periods. For instance, if in the first period 
the Performance Target for that period is 
not met, then the related number of Growth 
Shares which could have vested may still 

Start date of accounting period 
1 July 2013 
1 July 2014
1 July 2015 
1 July 2016
1 July 2017 
1 July 2018

1  Previously 2,000,000 ordinary shares.

2  Previously 1,350,504 ordinary shares.

Performance Target  
(Inland Homes plc share price)
30% above Initial Base Price
15% compounded
10% compounded
10% compounded
10% compounded
10% compounded

Total number of
Inland Homes plc shares
1,700,0001
1,700,0001
1,700,0001
1,700,0001
1,700,0001
1,147,9282
9,647,9283

3  The total number of ordinary shares issuable under the 2013 LTIP has now been reduced by 1,702,576 (previously 11,350,504), as one of the original 

participants has left the Group as explained more fully in Note 3 “Participants”. 

60

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   60

10/9/2018   8:18:14 PM

GOVERNANCE // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

5. Dilution 
The total number of shares in the  
Company which may become issuable on 
the exchange of Growth Shares (assuming 
vesting in full) at the year end is 9,647,928 
ordinary shares (previously 11,350,504 
ordinary shares) and in aggregate 2,814,924 
ordinary shares have been issued to the 
Participants after the year end, leaving a 
further 6,833,004 ordinary shares to be 
issued, equivalent to 3.38% of the  
current issued ordinary share capital  
of the Company. 

6. Change of Control 
The 2013 LTIP will allow realisation from 
three years after the award, provided the 
Performance Targets have been met. As 
is customary, the 2013 LTIP does provide 
for early vesting of Growth Shares in the 
event of a takeover of Inland Homes before 
the expiry of the plan, such that all the 
Growth Shares will vest, provided that the 
offer price is greater than the share price 
required to achieve the Performance Target 
for the relevant performance period in 
which the takeover occurs. 

In order for all the 9,647,928 ordinary 
shares in the Company to become issuable 
under the 2013 LTIP, the price for each 
Inland Homes ordinary share, in the 
absence of a takeover, will have had to 
have more than doubled before the end 
of the final performance period (being 20 
working days after the announcement of 
the preliminary results for the year ending 
30 June 2019), when compared with the 
Initial Base Price of 46.5 pence per ordinary 
share when the 2013 LTIP was introduced. 
This increase is approximately equivalent to 
a 14% annual compound rise in the ordinary 
share price. 

Other benefits
Depending on the exact terms of each 
individual Executive Director’s service 
contract with the Company, they are 
entitled to a range of benefits including 
either a car allowance or a fully expensed 
company car, contributions to pension 
schemes, private fuel, private health care 
insurance, permanent health insurance and 
death in service insurance.

Service contracts and notice periods 
Each of the Executive Directors are 
employed on rolling contracts subject 
to one year’s notice from either Inland 
Homes or the Executive Director in relation 
to Stephen Wicks and Nishith Malde, 
and three months’ notice in relation to 
Gary Skinner, and contain confidentiality 
provisions and restrictive covenants for the 
Company’s protection. 

The Executive Directors’ service 
contracts do not provide specifically for 
any termination payments, although the 
Company might make payments in lieu of 
notice. For this purpose, such payments 
would consist of basic salary and other 
benefits for the relevant period and 
depending on the circumstances, any 
awards due to Stephen Wicks or Nishith 
Malde under the 2013 LTIP. 

Non-executive Directors
Inland Homes now has four Non-
executive Directors, namely Terry Roydon, 
the Chairman and Head of the Audit 
Committee, Simon Bennett, Head of the 
Remuneration Committee, and Laure Duhot 
and Brian Johnson, who bring a wealth of 
commercial property experience and who 
both joined the Board on 27 June 2018. 

The Non-executive Directors have letters 
of appointment, which initially are for a 
three-year period and thereafter on either 
three or six months’ notice from either 
Inland Homes or the individual and contain 
confidentiality provisions for the Company’s 
benefit.

The Non-executive Directors’ letters of 
appointment do not provide specifically  
for any termination payments, although  
the Company might make payments in  
lieu of notice. 

Non-executive fees are determined by 
the Executive Directors, having regard to 
the requirement to attract high calibre 
individuals with the right experience, the 
time requirements and the responsibilities 
incumbent on an individual acting as a 
Non-executive Director for a company, 
such as Inland Homes, listed on AIM. The 
Non-executive Directors are not eligible 
for annual discretionary bonuses and do 
not participate in the Company’s long term 
incentive plans. 

The current service contracts of the 
Executive Directors, the letters of 
appointment of the Non-executive Directors 
and the Rules of the 2013 LTIP are available 
for inspection at the Company’s registered 
office during normal office hours and at 
the Company’s Annual General Meeting 
(“AGM”) until the conclusion of the AGM.

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

61

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   61

10/9/2018   8:18:14 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // GOVERNANCE

Remuneration Committee report  
(unaudited) continued

Directors’ emoluments for the 
year ended 30 June 2018 
A review of the financial results for the 
year ended 30 June 2018 as more fully 
set out in the Chairman’s Statement, the 
Chief Executive’s Review and the Finance 
Director’s Review indicate that this financial 
year has been another good one for Inland 
Homes, with revenue of £147.4m (2017: 
£90.7m) up 62.5%, recurring profit before 
tax of £19.3m (2017: £18.1m) up 6.6%, 
undiluted EPRA NAV per share of 102.28p 
(2017: 96.22p) up 6.3% and total dividends of 
2.20p for the year (2017: 1.70p) up 29.4%. In 
light of the results recorded by the Group, 
the following bonuses have been awarded 
by the Remuneration Committee to the 
Executive Directors, as follows:

Stephen Wicks
Nishith Malde
Gary Skinner

£81,000
£81,000
£25,000

In accordance with the rules of the 
Deferred Bonus Plan, further details of 
which are set out above, the bonuses for 
Stephen Wicks and Nishith Malde (and  
Gary Skinner in future years) will be 
settled as 50% in cash and as 50% in 
ordinary shares of the Company. The 
ordinary shares awarded in respect of 
these bonuses will be deferred for three 
years and will be subject to forfeiture in 
the event that an Executive Director leaves 
the Company as a “bad leaver”, but are 
not subject to any further performance 
conditions. The bonus for Gary Skinner, 
who joined the Board at the end of the 
Group’s financial year in May 2018, has 
been approved on a discretionary basis by 
the Remuneration Committee and will be 
settled in cash. In future years any bonuses 
awarded to Gary Skinner will be treated in 
the same way as for the other Executive 

Directors, namely as being part of the 
Deferred Bonus Plan as set out above.  
The award of ordinary shares of the 
Company will be granted on terms that, 
when they vest, the number of ordinary 
shares subject to the award shall be 
increased by deeming the net dividends 
paid on the ordinary shares from the date 
of the award until the date of vesting to have 
been cumulatively reinvested in additional 
ordinary shares. 

The basic salaries of Stephen Wicks and 
Nishith Malde have remained unchanged 
for the past five years. In recognition 
of this, with effect from 1 July 2018 the 
Remuneration Committee have awarded an 
increase in their basic annual salaries from 
£290,000 to £320,000 (excluding national 
insurance contributions), equivalent to a 
cost of living rise of approximately 2% per 
annum over a five-year period.

Directors’ remuneration table (audited)
The remuneration of each of the Directors during the year ended 30 June 2018 is set out in detail below:

Salary/ fees
£000

Bonus
£000

Benefits
£000

Pension
£000

Total 
remuneration 
£000

Social 
security 
costs
£000

Total 
remuneration
& social security
£000

2018

Executive Directors
S D Wicks1 
N Malde1 
G Skinner (appointed on 
9 May 2018)
P Brett (resigned on 
16 April 2018)
Non–executive Directors
T Roydon
S Bennett
L Duhot
B Johnson

348
348

42

156

55
45
–
–

40
40

35

–

–
–
–
–

29
26

2

9

–
–
–
–

–
–

1

16

–
–
–
–

417
414

80

181

55
45
–
–

55
55

11

25

–
–
–
–

1 S Wicks and N Malde have taken their pension entitlement as part of their salaries. During the period no LTIPs vested.

2017

Total
£000

591
589

–

472
469

91

206

371

55
45
–
–

55
45
–
–

62

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   62

10/9/2018   8:18:15 PM

GOVERNANCE // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Directors’ interests in shares and the unapproved share option scheme and the 2013 LTIP (audited)
Directors’ interests in the Company’s ordinary shares are disclosed in the Directors’ report on page 66. The share options held  
by the Directors in the unapproved share option scheme are set out below:

Options exercisable 17 December 2012 to 16 December 2019 at 16.5p
Options exercisable 22 November 2013 to 21 November 2020 at 18.25p
Total options outstanding at 30 June 2017
Exercised during the year 
Total options outstanding at 30 June 2018

Stephen
Wicks
–
–
–
–
–

Nishith 
Malde
–
1,500,000
1,500,000
–
1,500,000

Paul 
Brett
400,000
–
400,000
–
400,000

On 18 July 2018 Gary Skinner was granted options over 250,000 ordinary shares at a price of 67.0 p per share.

2013 LTIP
The initial price for determination of awards 
under the 2013 LTIP was 46.5 pence per 
ordinary share. In aggregate, to date, the 
conditions for the issue of the following 
6,000,000 of the 11,350,504 new ordinary 
shares that can be issued in exchange for 
vested Growth Shares have been met in 
accordance with the rules of the 2013 LTIP 
are as follows:

Stephen Wicks
Nishith Malde
Paul Brett

Ordinary 
shares of 
10p each
2,820,000
2,280,000
 900,000

As explained above, Stephen Wicks was 
issued 2,814,924 ordinary shares on 
19 July 2018 and Paul Brett was issued 
896,689 ordinary shares on 9 April 2018. 
The balance of 3,311 ordinary shares for 
Paul Brett have lapsed. The balance of 
5,076 ordinary shares which have been 
earned by Stephen Wicks but not yet 
allocated is intended to be issued to him in 
the future as described more fully above. 

The Performance Target under the 2013 
LTIP for the financial year ended on  
30 June 2017, which would have earned the 
equivalent of a further 2,000,000 ordinary 
shares, was not achieved as the Inland 
Homes plc share price did not exceed the 
necessary threshold price of 84.1 pence 
per ordinary share for the qualifying 
period. Under the terms of the 2013 LTIP,  
the awards in this period can be earned in 
future periods if the share price exceeds 
the threshold price for the qualifying 
period. The threshold price for the financial 
year ended 30 June 2018, which would earn 
a further 1,700,000 ordinary shares, is 92.5 
pence per ordinary share. The threshold 
price for the new financial year ending 
30 June 2019, which would earn a further 
1,147,928 ordinary shares, is 101.8 pence 
per ordinary share.

There remain a total of 6,833,004 new 
ordinary shares that can be issued in 
exchange for vested Growth Shares 
(2,285,076 ordinary shares) and Growth 
Shares where the conditions have yet to 
be met in accordance with the rules of the 
2013 LTIP (4,547,928 ordinary shares). 

Approval
This report was approved by the Board  
on 19 September 2018 and signed on its 
behalf by:

Simon Bennett 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

63

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   63

10/9/2018   8:18:15 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // GOVERNANCE

Audit Committee report

Duties
The main duties of the Audit Committee 
are described in the Corporate Governance 
framework on page 55. It is intended 
that these will be kept under continuous 
review to ensure they remain appropriate 
and reflect any changes in legislation, 
regulation or best practice.

The main items of business considered  
by the Audit Committee during the  
year included:

• review of the 2018 financial statements 

and annual report;

• consideration of the external audit report 
and management representation letter;

• going concern review;

• review of the 2018 audit plan;

• review of suitability of the external 

Auditor;

• review of the interim results; and

• assessment of the need for an internal 

audit function.

Internal audit
The Committee reviews from time to time 
the need for an internal audit function and 
remains of the opinion that the systems of 
internal financial control are appropriate to 
the Group’s present activities and that such 
a function is unnecessary.

Internal controls
On behalf of the Board we monitor the 
Group’s system of internal controls 
to ensure they remain robust and are 
effectively implemented. Such a system 
is designed to manage, but not eliminate, 
the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives. There are inherent limitations 
in any control system and, accordingly, 
even the most effective system can provide 
only reasonable, not absolute, assurance 
against material misstatement or loss. 
These controls include those financial and 
operational controls to manage risk. A 
discussion of these risks can be found on 
pages 24 to 29.

Role of the external Auditor
The Audit Committee monitors the 
relationship with the external Auditor,  
BDO LLP, to ensure that auditor 
independence and objectivity are 
maintained. As part of its review the 
Committee monitors the provision of  
non-audit services by the external auditor. 
The breakdown of fees between audit and 
non-audit services is provided in note 5 of 
the Group’s financial statements.  
BDO LLP no longer provides any tax 
services to the Group but continues to 
do so to the Group’s joint ventures. The 
non-audit fees relate to tax compliance for 
the Group’s joint ventures and a review of 
the interim results. Having reviewed the 
auditor’s independence and performance, 
the Committee recommends that BDO LLP 
be reappointed as the Group’s Auditor at  
the next AGM.

External audit process
The external Auditor prepares an audit 
plan for its review of the full year financial 
statements. The audit plan sets out the 
scope of the audit, areas to be targeted 
and audit timetable. This plan is reviewed 
and agreed in advance by the Committee. 
Following the audit, the Auditor presented 
their findings to the Audit Committee for 
discussion. No major areas of concern  
were highlighted by the Auditor during the 
year, however, areas of significant risk 
and other matters of audit relevance are 
regularly communicated.

Whistleblowing
The Group has in place a whistleblowing 
policy which sets out the formal process  
by which an employee of the Group may,  
in confidence, raise concerns about 
possible improprieties in financial reporting 
or other matters.

Approval
This report was approved by the Board  
on 19 September 2018 and signed on its 
behalf by:

Terry Roydon  
Chair of the Audit Committee

Terry Roydon  
Chair of the Audit Committee

I am pleased to present the Audit 
Committee Report for 2018. This report 
provides shareholders with an overview of 
the activities carried out by the Committee 
during the year. The Committee is 
responsible for ensuring that the financial 
performance of the Group is properly 
measured and reported on. Its role includes 
monitoring the integrity of the financial 
statements (including annual and interim 
accounts and results announcements), 
reviewing any changes to accounting 
policies, reviewing and monitoring the 
extent of the non-audit services undertaken 
by external auditors, advising on the 
appointment of external auditors and 
meeting with external auditors without 
management present.

Membership and attendance
The Committee consists of two independent 
Non-executive Directors: myself (as 
Chairman) and Simon Bennett. It is expected 
that either of the two new Non-executive 
Directors; Laure Duhot and Brian Johnson, 
will join the Committee during the current 
financial year. Other members of the Board 
or management may attend Committee 
meetings by invitation if required. 

Independent

No. of meetings

Attendance

Terry 
Roydon

  Simon 
Bennett

Yes

3

Yes

3

100%

100%

64

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   64

10/9/2018   8:18:16 PM

GOVERNANCE // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Directors’ report

Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing 
capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability 
to continue as a going concern in order to 
provide returns for shareholders and benefits 
for other stakeholders and to maintain an 
optimal capital structure to reduce the cost 
of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital 
structure, the Group may adjust the amount 
of dividends paid to shareholders, return 
capital to shareholders, issue new shares or 
sell assets to reduce debt.

Consistent with others in the industry, the 
Group monitors capital in relation to overall 
financing. Further information can be found 
in note 28 to the Group financial statements.

Results and dividends
The financial statements set out the results 
of the Group for the financial year ended 
30 June 2018 and are shown on pages 75 
to 112. The Directors have proposed a final 
dividend of 1.55p per share (2017: 1.20p) 
payable on 25 January 2019, subject to 
shareholders’ approval, to shareholders 
at the close of business on 28 December 
2018. A review of the development and 
performance of the business during the year 
and the future outlook of the Group is set 
out in the Chairman’s Statement on page 8, 
the Chief Executive’s review on page 10, the 
Finance Director’s review on page 36 and 
the Portfolio review on page 30. The Group’s 
key performance indicators are monitored 
closely by the Board and the details of 
performance against these are on pages 22 
and 23. 

Financial risk management objectives 
and policies
All potential areas of financial risk are 
regularly monitored and reviewed by the 
Directors and management. Any preventative 
or corrective measures are taken as 
necessary.

The Group uses various financial 
instruments. These include loans, cash and 
trade receivables that arise directly from 
its operations. The main purpose of these 
financial instruments is to raise finance for 
the Group’s operations.

The existence of these financial instruments 
exposes the Group to a number of financial 
risks, which are described in more detail in 
note 26 to the Group financial statements.

Nish Malde 
Company Secretary

The Directors present their annual report and 
the financial statements of the Group and the 
Company for the year ended 30 June 2018.

This annual report contains certain forward-
looking statements. By their nature, any 
statements about the future outlook involve 
risk and uncertainty because they relate to 
events and depend on circumstances that 
may or may not occur in the future. Actual 
results, performance or outcomes may differ 
materially from any results, performance 
or outcomes expressed or implied by 
such forward-looking statements. Each 
forward-looking statement speaks only 
as of the date of that particular statement. 
No representation or warranty is given in 
relation to any forward-looking statements 
made by Inland Homes, including as to their 
completeness or accuracy. Nothing in this 
report and accounts should be construed as 
a profit forecast.

Both the Strategic report and the Directors’ 
report have been drawn up and presented 
in accordance with and in reliance upon 
applicable English Company law, and the 
liabilities of the Directors in connection with 
that report shall be subject to the limitations 
and restrictions provided by such law.

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

65

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   65

10/9/2018   8:18:16 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // GOVERNANCE

Directors’ report continued

Directors and their interests

S D Wicks 
N Malde 
P Brett (resigned 16/04/2018)
G Skinner (appointed 09/05/2018)
T Roydon 
S Bennett 
L Duhot (appointed 27/06/2018)
B Johnson (appointed 27/06/2018)

Number of
ordinary shares 
13,987,332
11,360,029
n/a
40,000
325,000
110,000
–
–

As at 30 June 2018
Number of
Growth Shares
470
380
n/a
–
–
–
–
–

Number of 
share options
–
1,500,000
n/a
–
–
–
–
–

Number of
ordinary shares 
13,737,332
11,360,029
4,204,214
n/a
325,000
110,000
n/a
n/a

As at 30 June 2017
Number of
Growth Shares
470
380
150
n/a
–
–
n/a
n/a

Number of 
share options
–
1,500,000
400,000
n/a
–
–
n/a
n/a

Going concern
The Board has reviewed the performance 
for the current year and forecasts for the 
future period. It has also considered the 
risks and uncertainties, including credit risk 
and liquidity risk. 

The Directors have considered the present 
economic climate, the state of the housing 
market and the current demand for land 
with planning consent. The Group has 
continued to see an increase in demand 
for consented land in the areas in which 
it operates. The Group has significant 
forward sales of residential units as well as 
a substaintial order book for its Partnership 
homes and is in discussions for the sale of 
some land within its projects and expects to 
make sufficient disposals in the foreseeable 
future to ensure it has adequate working 
capital for its requirements. The Directors 
are satisfied that the Group will generate 
sufficient cash to meet its liabilities as and 
when they fall due for a period of at least 
12 months from the date of signing these 
financial statements. 

Each of the Directors listed on pages 50 and 
51 held office as at 30 June 2018. Details of 
the Directors’ beneficial interests in shares 
are shown in the table above.

Further information on the 2013 LTIP can 
be found in the Remuneration Committee 
report on pages 58 to 63.

Qualifying third party indemnity 
provision
During the financial year, a qualifying third 
party indemnity provision for the benefit of 
all the Directors was in force. 

Employee Benefit Trust
On 16 December 2016 the Group’s Employee 
Benefit Trust (“EBT”) purchased 600,000 
shares of 10p each in Inland Homes plc 
under the terms of the Deferred Bonus Plan 
for total consideration of £365,000. This 
brought the total number of shares owned 
by the EBT to 1,627,500. No shares were 
purchased by the EBT during the year ended 
30 June 2018.

Substantial shareholding
As at 19 September 2018, the Company was 
aware of the following holdings, in addition 
to those of the Directors discussed above, 
of 3% or more of the nominal value of the 
Company’s shares:

Name
M H Dixon
Henderson Global Investors
Premchand & Kanchangauri Shah

At 30 June 2018, the Group had £44.4m 
of borrowing facilities expiring within one 
year. Included within this figure was £18.4m 
relating to the Group’s ZDP borrowings, 
the maturity of which was extended to April 
2024 shortly after the year end. The balance 
of £26.0m relates to loans where we are in 
advance negotiations with the bank and have 
received strong indications that the facility 
will be extended by a further 12 months to 
expire in December 2019. The Directors 
therefore consider it appropriate to prepare 
the financial statements on the going  
concern basis.

Shareholding
16,000,000
10,138,737
6,199,222

%
7.81
4.95
3.03

66

INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   66

10/10/2018   10:00:59

GOVERNANCE // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Auditors
A resolution to reappoint BDO LLP as 
Auditor for the ensuing year will be proposed 
at the AGM in accordance with Section 489 
of the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors who held office at the date of 
approval of this Directors’ report confirm 
that, so far as they are each aware, there is 
no relevant audit information of which the 
Company’s Auditor is unaware and that each 
Director has taken all the steps that they 
ought to have taken as a Director to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and ensure that the Auditor is 
aware of such information.

The Strategic report and Directors’ report 
have been approved by the Board of 
Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Nishith Malde 
Company Secretary 
19 September 2018

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position 
of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply 
with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Company and 
hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

Website publication
The Directors are responsible for ensuring 
the annual report and the financial 
statements are made available on a website. 
Financial statements are published on the 
Company’s website in accordance with 
legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements, which may vary 
from legislation in other jurisdictions. The 
maintenance and integrity of the Company’s 
website is the responsibility of the Directors. 
The Directors’ responsibility also extends 
to the ongoing integrity of the financial 
statements contained therein.

Post balance sheet events
Details of post balance sheet events are 
given in note 31 of the financial statements.

Annual General Meeting
The Notice covering the Annual General 
Meeting (“AGM”) together with the proposed 
resolutions is contained in the document 
accompanying this report. The AGM will be 
held on 27 November 2018.

Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the annual report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable 
laws and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law the Directors 
have elected to prepare the Group financial 
statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 
adopted by the European Union and have 
elected to prepare the Parent Company 
financial statements in accordance with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards and applicable laws). 
Under company law the Directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group 
and Company and of the profit or loss of 
the Group and Company for that period. 
The Directors are also required to prepare 
financial statements in accordance with 
the rules of the London Stock Exchange 
for companies trading securities on the 
Alternative Investment Market. 

In preparing these financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:

• select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently;

• make judgements and accounting 

estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

• state whether they have been prepared 
in accordance with IFRSs as adopted 
by the European Union for the Group 
and UK Accounting standards for the 
Parent Company, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements; and

• prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business.

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES

67

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   67

10/9/2018   8:18:17 PM

Lily’s Walk, 
High Wycombe

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   68

10/9/2018   8:18:18 PM

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7

FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

Independent Auditor’s report 

Group income statement 

Statements of financial position 

Statements of changes in equity 

Group statement of cash flows 

Notes to the financial statements 

Five year summary 

 70

 75

 76

 77

 78

 79

 113

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   69

10/9/2018   8:18:19 PM

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Independent Auditor’s report  
to the members of Inland Homes plc

Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Inland Homes plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year 
ended 30 June 2018 which comprise the Group Income Statement, the Group and Company Statement of Financial Position, the Group 
and Company Statement of Changes in Equity, the Group Statement of Cash Flows and the notes to the financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies. 

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law and 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in the preparation of the Parent Company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
including Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

In our opinion:

• the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 30 June 2018 and of 

the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

• the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union;

• the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 

Accounting Practice; and

• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 
We are independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate 
to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to report to you where:

• the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or

• the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt about 

the Group’s or the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at least 12 months 
from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) we identified, 
including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the 
efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in 
forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

70
70

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   70

10/9/2018   8:18:20 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Valuation of investment properties and carrying value of trading properties (Notes 13 and 17)

Key audit matter

How we addressed the key audit matter 

The Group owns a portfolio of properties 
which are held as either investment 
properties or trading properties.

Investment properties, including those in 
the course of development, are held at fair 
value in the Group financial statements. 
Trading properties are carried in the 
Group Statement of Financial Position at 
the lower of cost and net realisable value 
and are remeasured to fair value for  
the purposes of calculating EPRA NAV 
(see note 11). 

Determination of the fair value of 
investment properties and the carrying 
amount and fair value of trading 
properties is considered a significant 
audit risk due to the subjective nature of 
certain assumptions and the potential 
for management bias inherent in each 
valuation.

Each valuation requires consideration of 
the individual nature of the property, its 
location, its cash flows and comparable 
market transactions. The majority of 
the Group’s property interests are in the 
course of development. The valuation of 
these properties requires estimation of 
the expected sales value the completed 
developments will achieve with deductions 
for future build costs to completion, 
which requires significant judgements. 
Judgements in relation to future sales 
values and build costs in particular are 
impacted by the political and economic 
uncertainty arising from the result of the 
EU referendum.

The valuation of the Group’s income 
generating investment properties requires 
significant judgements to be made 
in relation to the appropriate market 
capitalisation yields and estimated  
rental values.

Trading properties
Our audit work in relation to stock included, but was not restricted to, the following:

• We agreed a sample of data used by valuers, both internal and external, back to source 

documentation, including title deed and tenancy agreements.

• We assessed the movement in the valuation of the property portfolio against our own 
expectations and challenged the Directors or external valuers, as appropriate, for 
those valuations which fell outside of our range of expectations.

• Where relevant we obtained any post year end sales agreements for whole sites to 

support the carrying value at the year end.

• We obtained all copies of any planning permission documents received in the year to 

support the uplift in land values.

• We obtained project appraisals prepared by the Directors for each development and: 

• reviewed and assessed costs to complete and compared these to developments of a 

similar nature;

• considered the historic accuracy of cost and sales forecasts;

• for a sample of properties that have been exchanged, reserved or sold post year 
end we obtained supporting documentation and compared the prices achieved to 
those in the development appraisals. Where no activity has occurred, we performed 
a comparison of prices achieved on similar properties sold or comparable market 
transactions; and

• we visited the Group’s development sites at Lily’s Walk, Castle House, Wilton Park 
and The Pheasant and considered the stage of the development compared to the 
costs to complete in the project appraisal. 

Investment properties
Our audit work included, but was not restricted to, the following:

• We obtained the valuation schedules prepared by the Directors and;

• evaluated the competence and capability of the Director;

• confirmed that the basis of the valuation was in accordance with requirements of 

accounting standards; and

• discussed the basis of the valuation, the assumptions used and the valuation 

movements in the year with the Director; 

• We considered whether movements in the valuations are consistent with our own 

expectations based upon market comparable transactions and changes in industry 
benchmarks and challenged those valuations which fell outside of our expectations.

• We compared the significant valuation inputs used by the Directors against our own 

expectations, underlying supporting evidence and, where relevant, market data.

• We obtained external support used by the Directors in preparing their valuations. 
We tested the inputs of this support and compared them to the inputs used in the 
valuations prepared by the Directors.

• For a sample of investment properties we corroborated the rental income to  

supporting leases. 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

71
71

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   71

10/9/2018   8:18:20 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Independent Auditor’s report  
to the members of Inland Homes plc continued

Revenue and profit recognition (Note 4)

Key audit matter 

How we addressed the key audit matter

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to, the following:

Sale of land and buildings
• We agreed a sample of sales to completion statement and the proceeds to bank. To 

address cut off, we tested a sample of sales that occurred in June 2018 and checked 
that completion took place pre year end. For post year end receipts we obtained the 
completion statement for the associated sale and checked that it was recognised in the 
correct period. 

• We reviewed the realised margin on the land and building sales in the year compared to 

the expected margin obtained from the original development appraisal. 

Contract income
For each development contract we obtained copies of the construction contract and 
performed the following:

• We agreed the total value of the development to the signed contract.

• We discussed the forecast profitability with management.

• We verified the underlying stage of completion to the valuation certificate provided by 
each external quantity surveyor engaged to certify the value of the work completed.

• We compared the key assumptions within each development appraisal against the 
contract terms and agreed details to supporting documentation where relevant.

• We compared the stage of completion against the proportion of profit recognised  

to date.

The Group has numerous sources of 
revenue out of which we consider the 
sale of land and contract income to pose 
specific risks. 

Proceeds from the sale of land and 
buildings should only be recognised once 
the risks and rewards of ownership have 
passed to the buyer, which is considered 
to be completion. There is a risk that 
revenue and profits on house sales could 
be recognised before completion and 
also through management incorrectly 
allocating costs on different phases on 
multi-phase developments.

There were a significant number of 
completions that occurred in June 2018 
and we therefore also identified cut off as 
a significant audit risk. 

The accounting for the revenue from 
contract income is inherently complex and 
involves significant judgement, particularly 
with regard to assessing the stage of 
completion of the project. Revenue from 
long term contracts is recognised based 
upon management’s assessment of the 
value of works carried out, with regard to 
external quantity surveyor reports, having 
considered the anticipated programme 
of works and the costs incurred and to 
complete. Profit is recognised once the 
Directors are able to make an estimate of 
the outcome with reasonable certainty.

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatement on the audit 
and in forming our opinion. Materiality is assessed on both quantitative and qualitative grounds. 

Materiality
Performance materiality
Clearly trivial threshold

Group – Financial Statement materiality
£3,000,000
£1,800,000
£60,000

Group – Specific materiality
£1,580,000
£948,000
£31,600

Materiality
We consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, individually or in aggregation, could reasonably be expected to 
influence the economic decisions of the users of the financial statements. 

We determined that Group total assets would be the most appropriate basis for setting overall financial statement materiality, as we 
consider this to be one of the principal considerations for members of the Company in assessing the financial performance of the Group. 
As such, the materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was determined to be £3,000,000, which represents 1% of the 
Group’s total assets. 

72
72

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   72

10/9/2018   8:18:20 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

We also determined that for other classes of transactions, balances or disclosures that impact adjusted earnings (being profit before 
tax adjusted for investment property valuations), a misstatement of less than materiality for the financial statements as a whole could 
influence the economic decisions of the users of the financial statements. As a result, we applied a specific materiality of £1,580,000 to 
these areas which represents 8% of adjusted earnings. 

In the prior year we applied a single financial statement materiality based on 7% of profit before tax. The prior year financial statement 
materiality was £1,080,000. 

We determined that a measure of financial statement materiality alone for the Parent Company was appropriate, given that its principal 
activity is that of an investment company. The materiality applied was £1,160,000 which represents 2% of the Company’s total assets. 

Whilst materiality for the financial statements as a whole was £3,000,000, each component of the Group was audited to a lower level of 
materiality. Component materiality ranged from £1,000 to £2,180,000.

Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low level the 
probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality. 

On the basis of our risk assessment together with the Group’s overall control environment our judgement was that overall performance 
materiality for the Group should be 60% of overall materiality. As such, performance financial statement materiality was set at £1,800,000 
and specific performance materiality was set at £948,000. 

We determined that the same measure as the Group was appropriate for the Parent Company, and the performance materiality applied 
was £696,000.

Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial. 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in excess of £60,000 for all items audited 
to financial statement materiality, and £31,600 for items audited to specific materiality. We also agreed to report on any other differences 
that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 

The reporting threshold applied for the Parent Company was set at £23,000. 

We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the qualitative measures of materiality discussed above and in the light of other 
relevant qualitative considerations. 

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including the Group’s system of internal 
control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group level. Audit work to respond to the assessed risks was performed 
directly by the Group audit engagement team which performed full scope audit procedures on each of the Group’s component entities. 
Our audit work at each of these components was executed at levels of materiality applicable to the relevant component, which in each 
instance was lower than Group materiality. BDO LLP audited all significant components. All components are based in the UK.

Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual  
report, other than the financial statements and our Auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover  
the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to 
determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, 
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

73
73

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   73

10/9/2018   8:18:20 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Independent Auditor’s report  
to the members of Inland Homes plc continued

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

• the information given in the strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 

prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

• the strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Parent Company and its environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if,  
in our opinion:

• adequate accounting records have not been kept, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not  

visited by us; or

• the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

• certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 67, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting 
unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but 
to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our Auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent Company’s members those matters we are required 
to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, 
or for the opinions we have formed.

Thomas Edward Goodworth (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor
London
19 September 2018
BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number OC305127).

74
74

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   74

10/9/2018   8:18:20 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Group income statement 

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Continuing operations
Revenue 
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Administrative expenses
Gain on sale of subsidiary
Gain on sale of joint venture
Share of loss of associates
Share of profit of joint ventures
Revaluation of investment properties
Operating profit
Finance cost - interest expense
Finance income - interest receivable and similar income
Profit before tax
Tax charge
Total profit and comprehensive income for the year

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company during the 
year
– basic
– diluted

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

Note
4
4

5
15
15
15
15
13

8
9

10

11
11

2018
 £m 
 147.4 
(115.6) 
 31.8 
(9.4) 
 0.1 
 – 
 – 
 1.0 
 – 
 23.5 
(5.1) 
 0.9 
 19.3 
(3.9) 
 15.4 

2017
 £m 
 90.7 
(71.2) 
 19.5 
(7.7) 
 6.0 
 7.0 
(0.2) 
 – 
 1.5 
 26.1 
(7.0) 
 0.5 
 19.6 
(3.8) 
 15.8 

7.64p
7.30p

7.82p
7.46p

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

75
75

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   75

10/9/2018   8:18:20 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Statements of financial position

at 30 June 2018

Company number 5482990

 Group 
2018
 £m 

Note

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Investment properties
Property, plant and equipment
Investments
Investment in subsidiaries
Investment in joint ventures
Amounts due from joint ventures
Investment in associate
Amounts due from associate
Other receivables 
Deferred tax 
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Corporation tax
Amounts due from associate
Amounts due from joint ventures
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets
EQUITY
Capital and reserves attributable to the Company’s equity holders
Share capital
Share premium account
Employee benefit trust
Treasury reserve
Special reserve
Retained earnings1
Total equity attributable to shareholders of the Company
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Bank loans and overdrafts
Zero Dividend Preference shares
Trade and other payables
Corporation tax
Other financial liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Zero Dividend Preference shares
Bank loans
Other loans
Deferred tax
Total non-current liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

13
14

15
15
15
15
15
18
16

17
18

15
15
19

20
21
21
21
21
21

23
23
22

25

23
23
23
16

 52.8 
 1.3 
 0.2 
 – 
 0.4 
 1.0 
 1.1 
 3.0 
 11.0 
 – 
 70.8 

 136.2 
 30.4 
 – 
 2.8 
 19.0 
 40.4 
 228.8 
 299.6 

 20.5 
 34.8 
(1.1) 
(0.5) 
 6.1 
 82.6 
 142.4 

 26.0 
 18.4 
 24.9 
 6.6 
 3.7 
 79.6 

 – 
 41.4 
 34.3 
 1.9 
 77.6 
 299.6 

2017
 £m 

 53.6 
 0.7 
 – 
 – 
 0.2 
 – 
 1.1 
 5.8 
 5.7 
 – 
 67.1 

 139.9 
 22.4 
 – 
 – 
 18.3 
 26.5 
 207.1 
 274.2 

 20.4 
 34.3 
(1.1) 
 – 
 6.1 
 70.9 
 130.6 

 – 
 – 
 20.5 
 6.5 
 20.1 
 47.1 

 17.3 
 63.2 
 14.0 
 2.0 
 96.5 
 274.2 

 Company 
2018
 £m 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 12.5 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 0.7 
 13.2 

 – 
 37.1 
 0.5 
 – 
 – 
 18.3 
 55.9 
 69.1 

 20.5 
 34.8 
(1.1) 
(0.5) 
 6.1 
 8.2 
 68.0 

 – 
 – 
 1.1 
 – 
 – 
 1.1 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 69.1 

2017
 £m 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 12.5 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 0.6 
 13.1 

 – 
 51.1 
 0.5 
 – 
 – 
 0.1 
 51.7 
 64.8 

 20.4 
 34.3 
(1.1) 
 – 
 6.1 
 4.4 
 64.1 

 – 
 – 
 0.7 
 – 
 – 
 0.7 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 64.8 

1 Retained earnings for the Company includes a profit for the year of £7.5m (2017: £2.9m).

The financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 19 September 2018.

Stephen Wicks 
Director

Nishith Malde 
Director

The accompaning notes form part of these financial statements. 

76
76

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   76

10/9/2018   8:18:21 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Statements of changes in equity

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Group
At 30 June 2016
Total comprehensive 
income for the year
Transactions with owners:
Share-based payments
Dividend payment
Issue of ordinary shares
Purchase of own shares 
for deferred bonus plan
At 30 June 2017
Total comprehensive 
income for the year
Transactions with owners:
Share-based payments
Dividend payment
Issue of ordinary shares
Purchase of own shares
Exercise of share options
At 30 June 2018

Company
At 30 June 2016
Total comprehensive 
income for the year
Transactions with owners:
Share-based payments
Dividend payment
Issue of ordinary shares
Purchase of own shares 
for deferred bonus plan
At 30 June 2017
Total comprehensive 
income for the year
Transactions with owners:
Share-based payments
Dividend payment
Issue of ordinary shares
Purchase of own shares
Exercise of share options
At 30 June 2018

 Share
capital
£m 
 20.3 

 Share
premium
£m 
 34.0 

 Employee
Benefit
Trust
£m 
(0.7) 

Note

 Special
reserve
£m 
 6.1 

 Treasury
reserve
£m 
 – 

 Retained
earnings
£m 
 56.6 

 Total
£m 
 116.3 

7
12
20

20

7
12
20
20
20

7
12
20

20

7
12
20
20
20

 – 

 – 
 – 
 0.1 

 – 
 20.4 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 0.3 

 – 
 34.3 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 0.1 
 – 
 – 
 20.5 

 – 
 – 
 0.5 
 – 
 – 
 34.8 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

(0.4) 
(1.1) 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(1.1) 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 6.1 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 6.1 

 20.3 

 34.0 

(0.7) 

 6.1 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 0.1 

 – 
 20.4 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 0.3 

 – 
 34.3 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 0.1 
 – 
 – 
 20.5 

 – 
 – 
 0.5 
 – 
 – 
 34.8 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

(0.4) 
(1.1) 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(1.1) 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 6.1 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 6.1 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
(0.6) 
 0.1 
(0.5) 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
(0.6) 
 0.1 
(0.5) 

 15.8 

 15.8 

 1.3 
(2.8) 
 – 

 – 
 70.9 

 15.4 

 0.6 
(3.7) 
(0.6) 
 – 
 – 
 82.6 

 3.8 

 2.9 

 0.5 
(2.8) 
 – 

 – 
 4.4 

 7.5 

 0.6 
(3.7) 
(0.6) 
 – 
 – 
 8.2 

 1.3 
(2.8) 
 0.4 

(0.4) 
 130.6 

 15.4 

 0.6 
(3.7) 
 – 
(0.6) 
 0.1 
 142.4 

 63.5 

 2.9 

 0.5 
(2.8) 
 0.4 

(0.4) 
 64.1 

 7.5 

 0.6 
(3.7) 
 – 
(0.6) 
 0.1 
 68.0 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements. 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

77
77

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   77

10/9/2018   8:18:21 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Group statement of cash flows

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Cash flow from operating activities
Profit for the year before tax
Adjustments for:
– depreciation
– share-based payments
– revaluation of investment properties
– gain on disposal of subsidiary
– gain on disposal of joint venture
– interest expense
– interest and similar income
– share of profit of joint ventures
– share of loss of associate
Corporation tax payments
Change in working capital:
– decrease in inventories
– (increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
– decrease in trade and other payables
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities
Cash flow from investing activities
Interest received
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of investment property
Purchase of investment
Proceeds from sale of subsidiary
Loans provided to joint ventures
Amounts repaid by joint ventures
Distribution of profits from joint venture
Loans provided to associate
Amounts repaid by associate
Investment in associate
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities
Cash flow from financing activities
Interest paid
Repayment of borrowings
New loans
Net proceeds on issue of ordinary shares
Equity dividends paid to ordinary shareholders
Purchase of own shares
Net cash inflow from financing activities
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Net cash and cash equivalents at end of year

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

Note

14

14
13

12

19

2018
 £m 

 19.3 

 0.3 
 0.8 
 – 
(0.1) 
 – 
 5.1 
(0.9) 
(1.0) 
 – 
(4.0) 

(3.2) 
(17.8) 
(12.8) 
(14.3) 

 0.8 
(0.9) 
(0.2) 
(0.2) 
 13.4 
(7.6) 
 5.9 
 0.8 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 12.0 

(3.8) 
(6.3) 
 30.6 
 – 
(3.7) 
(0.6) 
 16.2 
 13.9 
 26.5 
 40.4 

2017
 £m 

 19.6 

 0.3 
 1.3 
(1.5) 
(6.0) 
(7.0) 
 7.0 
(0.5) 
 – 
 0.2 
(3.6) 

(6.9) 
 6.1 
(7.4) 
 1.6 

 0.3 
(0.5) 
(0.4) 
 – 
 5.8 
(10.8) 
 – 
 – 
(2.5) 
 1.1 
(0.1) 
(7.1) 

(4.5) 
(48.7) 
 71.3 
 0.4 
(2.8) 
(0.4) 
 15.3 
 9.8 
 16.7 
 26.5 

78
78

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   78

10/9/2018   8:18:21 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018

1. BASIS OF PREPARATION
The Group financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for certain financial instruments and 
investment properties which are measured at fair value, and in accordance with applicable International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) as adopted by the EU and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These financial statements have also 
been prepared in accordance with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 that are relevant to companies that prepare their financial 
statements in accordance with IFRS. The Parent Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with FRS 101, Financial 
Reporting Standards Reduced Disclosure Framework.

The consolidated financial statements present the results of the Group as if it formed a single entity. Intercompany transactions and 
balances between Group companies are therefore eliminated in full.

Disclosure exemptions adopted
In preparing the financial statements of the Parent Company, advantage has been taken of all disclosure exemptions conferred by FRS 
101. Therefore, the Parent Company financial statements do not include:

• certain comparative information as otherwise required by EU endorsed IFRS;

• a statement of cash flows;

• the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted;

• disclosure of related party transactions with other wholly owned members of the Group headed by Inland Homes plc.

In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101, further disclosure exemptions have been adopted because equivalent disclosures are 
included in the consolidated financial statements of Inland Homes plc. The Parent Company financial statements do not include certain 
disclosures in respect of:

• Financial instruments (other than certain disclosures required as a result of recording financial instruments at fair value); and 

• Fair value measurement (other than certain disclosures required as a result of recording financial instruments at fair value). 

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and has not presented its own 
profit and loss account in these financial statements. 

Going concern 
The Board has reviewed the performance for the current year and forecasts for the future period. It has also considered the risks and 
uncertainties, including credit risk and liquidity risk. The Directors have considered the present economic climate, the state of the 
housing market and the current demand for land with planning consent. The Group has continued to see an increase in demand for 
consented land in the areas in which it operates. The Group has significant forward sales of residential units as well as a substantial order 
book for its Partnership homes and is in discussions for the sale of some land within its projects and expects to make sufficient disposals 
in the foreseeable future to ensure it has adequate working capital for its requirements. The Directors are satisfied that the Group 
will generate sufficient cash to meet its liabilities as and when they fall due for a period of at least 12 months from the date of signing 
these financial statements. At 30 June 2018, the Group had £44.4m of borrowing facilities expiring within one year. Included within this 
figure was £18.4m relating to the Group’s ZDP borrowings, the maturity of which was extended to April 2024 shortly after the year end. 
The balance of £26m relates to loans where we are in advance negotiations with the bank and have received strong indications that the 
facility will be extended by a further 12 months to expire in December 2019. The Directors therefore consider it appropriate to prepare the 
financial statements on the going concern basis. 

2. CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
The principal accounting policies are described in note 32 and are consistent with those applied in the Group’s financial statements for the 
year ended 30 June 2017, as amended to reflect the adoption of new standards, amendments and interpretations which became effective 
in the year as shown below. 

New standards adopted during the year 
The following standards, amendments and interpretations endorsed by the EU were effective for the first time for the Group’s 30 June 
2018 year end and had no material impact on the financial statements. The adoption of IAS 7 (amended) has resulted in an additional note 
for the reconciliation of net debt and is note 25 in the financial statements. 

IAS 7 (amended) - Statement of Cash Flows; 
IAS 12 (amended) - Income Taxes; and
IFRS 12 - Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities. 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

79
79

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   79

10/9/2018   8:18:21 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

2. CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
Standards in issue but not yet effective 
The following new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards were in issue at the date of approval of these 
financial statements but are not yet effective for the current accounting year and have not been adopted early. Based on the Group’s 
current circumstances the Directors do not anticipate that their adoption in future periods will have a material impact on the financial 
statements of the Group. 

IAS 40 (amended) - Transfers of Investment Property 
IFRS 2 (amended) - Share Based Payments; 
IFRS 4 (amended) - Insurance Contracts; 
IFRS 17 - Insurance Contracts; 
IFRIC 22 - Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration; 
IFRIC 23 - Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments; 
Annual improvements to IFRSs (2014 - 2016 cycle); 
Amendments to IAS 28: Long-term interests in Associates and Joint Ventures1; 
Annual Improvements to IFRSs (2015-2017 Cycle)1; 
Amendments to IAS 19: Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement1; and 
Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards1.

1 Standards and amendments not yet endorsed by the EU. 

In addition to the above, IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers have been endorsed by the 
EU and will be effective for the first time for the Group’s year ending 30 June 2019. IFRS 16 Leases has also been endorsed and will be 
effective for the Group’s year ending 30 June 2020. 

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
This standard applies to classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities, impairment provisioning and hedge 
accounting. Management’s assessment of IFRS 9 determined that the main area of potential impact was impairment provisioning on trade 
receivables for the Group and balances due from subsidiaries for the Company. In both cases, this was due to the requirement to use a 
forward-looking expected credit loss model. The Group does not presently hold any complex financial instruments. Given that inter group 
balances are eliminated on consolidation and does not affect group results, no material impairment allowance adjustments are expected. 
Having substantially completed our assessment, it is considered that the introduction of IFRS 9 is not expected to have a material impact 
on the results or cash flows of either the Group or the Company. Presentation changes are expected given the additional disclosure 
requirements under IFRS 9.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
IFRS 15 combines a number of previous standards, setting out a five-step model for the recognition of revenue and establishing principles 
for reporting useful information to users of financial statements about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue. The 
standard is applicable to land sales, house sales, contract income, management fees and hotel income but excludes rental income, which 
is within the scope of IFRS 16. 

The Group has substantially completed its assessment of the impact of IFRS 15 on its financial statements and has identified no material 
adjustments to date that will be required as a result of the implementation of IFRS 15. Currently the Group recognises revenue at the fair 
value of the consideration received and receivable in respect of the sale of housing and land on legal completion. This standard is not 
expected to effect the statement of cashflows nor does the Group expect the implementation of this standard to have a material impact  
on profit.

IFRS 15 introduces a substantial change to presentations and disclosures. IFRS 15 requires separate presentation of contract assets and 
contract liabilities. This will result in some reclassifications as of 1 July 2017 in relation to advance payments and deferred revenue which 
are currently included in other balance sheet line items. Other presentation changes are limited to additional disclosure requirements 
under IFRS 15 only.

IFRS 16 Leases
This standard does not substantially affect the accounting for rental income earned by the Group as lessor. The main impact of the 
standard is the removal of the distinction between operating and finance leases for lessees, which will result in almost all leases being 
recognised on the balance sheet. This will therefore have a presentational impact on the financial statements when the Group enters into 
a new office lease next year, details of which are yet to be finalised. Please refer to note 27 (commitments and leases) for the financial 
impact of the operating leases both as lessor and lessee.

80
80

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   80

10/9/2018   8:18:21 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

3. SIGNIFICANT JUDGEMENTS, KEY ASSUMPTIONS AND ESTIMATES 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and judgements. 
It also requires management to exercise judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The Group’s significant 
accounting policies are stated in note 32. Not all of these accounting policies require management to make difficult, subjective or complex 
judgements or estimates. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, 
including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Although these estimates are based 
on management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, actual results may differ from those estimates. The following is 
intended to provide an understanding of the policies that management consider critical because of the level of complexity, judgement or 
estimation involved in their application and their impact on the financial statements. 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty 
Valuation of inventories (note 17) 
In applying the Group’s accounting policy for the valuation of inventories the Directors are required to assess the expected selling price 
and costs to sell each of the plots or units that constitute the Group’s land bank and work in progress. Cost includes the cost of acquisition 
of sites, the cost of infrastructure and construction works, and legal and professional fees incurred during development prior to sale. 
Estimation of the selling price is subject to significant inherent uncertainties, in particular the prediction of future trends in the market 
value of land. The critical judgement in respect of receipt of planning consent (see below) further increases the level of estimation 
uncertainty in this area. 

Income taxes (notes 10 and 16) 
The Group recognises tax/deferred tax assets and liabilities for anticipated tax based on estimates of when the tax/deferred tax will be 
paid or recovered. When the final outcome of these matters is different from the amounts initially recorded, such differences impact the 
period in which the determination is made. Critical accounting estimates relate to the profit forecasts used to determine the extent to 
which deferred tax assets are recognised from available losses and the period over which they are estimated. 

Fair value of investment properties (note 13) 
The fair value of materially completed investment properties is determined by independent valuation experts using the open market value 
of existing use method, subject to current leases and restrictions, as this has been assessed currently as the best use of these assets. 
Investment properties awaiting construction are valued by the Directors using an appraisal system; critical accounting estimates relate to 
the forecasts prepared in order to assess the carrying value. 

Discounting on deferred consideration of inventories, disposal of joint ventures and acquisition of shares  
(notes 8, 15 and 17) 
The Group discounts deferred consideration using the discounted cash flow method; the Group considers that the cost of debt capital is 
the most appropriate discount rate and this is a significant estimate. 

Significant judgements 
Timing of likely repayment - Amounts due from joint ventures and associate (note 15) 
Each of the amounts due from the joint ventures are contractually repayable on demand and the amounts due from the associate are 
repayable over the term of the underlying development. At each balance sheet date the Directors review the forecasts of the underlying 
developments and make a judgement as to the likely timing of the recoverability of each loan which are then disclosed as either due in 
less than one year or greater than one year accordingly. 

Likelihood of achieving planning - Inventories (note 17) 
The Group values inventories at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The net realisable value is based on the judgement of the 
probability that planning consent will be granted for each site. The Group believes that, based on the Directors’ experience, planning 
consent will be given. If planning consent was not achieved then a provision may be required against inventories. The cost value is based 
on actual costs incurred at the date of signing the financial statements with an estimation of costs to complete. The judgement of costs 
to complete is based on the Directors’ experience and if actual plus projected costs are higher than net realisable value then a provision 
would be required against inventories. 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

81
81

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   81

10/9/2018   8:18:21 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

3. SIGNIFICANT JUDGEMENTS, KEY ASSUMPTIONS AND ESTIMATES continued
Capitalisation of borrowing costs (note 17) 
The Group capitalises borrowing costs where there is a qualifying asset. The Directors must assess each site held with inventories each 
year in order to judge whether or not the site is a qualifying asset in line with the requirements of IAS 23 Borrowing Costs. In the opinion 
of the Directors, sites are judged to be qualifying assets if due to the long term, complex nature of these developments which will take 
several years before parts of it are sold or developed. This has resulted in borrowing costs related to such sites to be capitalised in the 
current and prior years. For non-qualifying sites the Group expenses borrowing costs due to the quantity and repetitive nature of the 
process adopted. In many cases such developments may take longer than 12 months. The Directors are therefore required to exercise 
judgement as to whether or not a site represents a qualifying asset. 

Investment in joint ventures (note 15) 
The Group’s joint venture investment in Project Helix Holdco Limited (Project Helix) is not in equal share (the Group owns 20% of the 
share capital of Project Helix). However, the Group has had joint control over the activities of the company with the other party due to its 
entitlement to veto any decisions. In addition, the Group and the other party to the agreement only have rights to the net assets of these 
companies through the terms of the contractual arrangements. Within Project Helix there is a ratchet mechanism which depends on 
the amount of profit each development contributes to the joint venture. Therefore, this entity has been classified as a joint venture and is 
accounted for using the equity method. The Group’s joint venture investments in Bucknalls Developments Limited (Bucknalls), Cheshunt 
Lakeside Developments Limited (formerly Inland (Stonegate) Limited), Europa Park LLP and Gardiners Park LLP are 50/50 joint ventures 
and the Group has joint control over the activities of the companies with the other parties and has an entitlement to veto any decisions. 
The Group and the other parties to the agreements only have rights to the net assets of these companies through the terms of the 
contractual arrangements. Within these four joint ventures the Group is entitled to 50% of the net assets. Therefore, these entities are 
classified as joint ventures and are accounted for using the equity method. 

Investment in associates (note 15) 
The Group has a 25% investment in Troy Homes Limited. It has significant influence over that entity but does not have joint control. 
Therefore, the investment is classified as an associate and is accounted for using the equity method.  

82
82

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   82

10/9/2018   8:18:21 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

4. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION   
In accordance with IFRS 8, information is disclosed to enable users of financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of 
the business activities in which the Group engages.     

In identifying its operating segments, management differentiates between land sales, housebuilding, contract income, rental income, 
hotel income, investments, investment properties, management fees and other income. These segments are based on the information 
reported to the chief operating decision maker (which in the Group’s case is the Operating Board comprising the three Executive Directors 
and four senior managers) and represent the activities which generate significant revenues, profits and use of resources within the 
Group. These operating segments are monitored and strategic decisions are made on the basis of segment operating results.   

Segmental analysis by activity

2018
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Administrative expenses
Gain on sale of subsidiary
Share of profit of joint ventures
Operating profit/(loss)
Net finance cost
Profit/(loss) before tax
Tax (charge)/credit
Total profit/(loss) for the year

2017
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit/(loss)
Administrative expenses
Gain on sale of subsidiary
Gain on sale of joint venture
Share of loss of associate
Revaluation of investment 
properties
Operating profit/(loss)
Net finance cost
Profit/(loss) before tax
Tax (charge)/credit
Total profit/(loss) for the year

Land 
sales
£m
 59.3 
(41.0) 
 18.3 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 18.3 
(1.6) 
 16.7 
(3.1) 
 13.6 

 22.4 
(16.2) 
 6.2 
 – 
 6.0 
 7.0 
 – 

 – 
 19.2 
(3.5) 
 15.7 
(3.0) 
 12.7 

House 
building
£m
 70.2 
(62.5) 
 7.7 
 – 
 – 
 0.8 
 8.5 
(0.9) 
 7.6 
(0.5) 
 7.1 

Contract 
income
£m
 12.0 
(10.2) 
 1.8 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 1.8 
 – 
 1.8 
(0.1) 
 1.7 

Rental 
income
£m
 0.7 
(0.1) 
 0.6 
 – 
 – 
 0.2 
 0.8 
 – 
 0.8 
 – 
 0.8 

 Investment 
properties
£m
 1.3 
(0.3) 
 1.0 
 – 
 0.1 
 – 
 1.1 
(1.2) 
(0.1) 
(0.1) 
(0.2) 

 Management 
fees
£m
 2.4 
 – 
 2.4 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 2.4 
 –
 2.4 
(0.2) 
 2.2 

 57.7 
(49.0) 
 8.7 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(0.2) 

 – 
 8.5 
(0.8) 
 7.7 
(1.5) 
 6.2 

 3.1 
(3.4) 
(0.3) 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
(0.3) 
 – 
(0.3) 
 0.1 
(0.2) 

 1.3 
(0.1) 
 1.2 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 1.2 
 – 
 1.2 
(0.2) 
 1.0 

 1.1 
(0.2) 
 0.9 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 1.5 
 2.4 
(0.9) 
 1.5 
(1.3) 
 0.2 

 2.5 
 – 
 2.5 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 2.5 
 – 
 2.5 
 – 
 2.5 

Other
£m
 1.5 
(1.5) 
 – 
(9.4) 
 – 
 – 
(9.4) 
(0.5) 
(9.9) 
 0.1 
(9.8) 

 2.6 
(2.3) 
 0.3 
(7.7) 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
(7.4) 
(1.3) 
(8.7) 
 2.1 
(6.6) 

Total
£m
 147.4 
(115.6) 
 31.8 
(9.4) 
 0.1 
 1.0 
 23.5 
(4.2) 
 19.3 
(3.9) 
 15.4 

 90.7 
(71.2) 
 19.5 
(7.7) 
 6.0 
 7.0 
(0.2) 

 1.5 
 26.1 
(6.5) 
 19.6 
(3.8) 
 15.8 

Included with the “Land sales” segment are land sales to Housing Associations which include construction works to “Golden Brick”.  
The construction works to completion are included in the “Contract income” segment. Included with the “Housebuilding” segment are the 
sales of freehold reversions and customers’ extras that arise as a by-product of house building activity.

Items included within “Other” above do not produce significant income streams and are therefore not monitored separately by the Board, 
but as a group. During the year, one land sale transaction (2017: None) with a customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue and 
amounted to £29.7m. 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

83
83

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   83

10/9/2018   8:18:22 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

4. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION continued

2018
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Investment properties
Property, plant and equipment
Investments
Investment in joint ventures
Amounts due from joint ventures
Investment in associate
Amounts due from associate 
Other receivables
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Amounts due from associate
Amounts due from joint ventures
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets
EQUITY
Capital and reserves attributable to the 
Company’s equity holders
Share capital
Share premium account
Employee Benefit Trust
Treasury reserve
Special reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity 
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Bank loans and overdrafts
Zero Dividend Preference shares
Trade and other payables
Corporation tax
Other financial liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Bank loans
Other loans
Deferred tax
Total non-current liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

Land1 
£m

House 
building 
£m

Contract 
income 
£m

 Investment 
properties 
£m

Other 
£m

Total 
£m

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 11.0 
 11.0 

 85.0 
 13.9 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 98.9 
 109.9 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 26.0 
 – 
 3.1 
 – 
 3.7 
 32.8 

 1.1 
 17.2 
 – 
 18.3 
 51.1 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 0.4 
 1.0 
 1.1 
 3.0 
 – 
 5.5 

 51.2 
 6.3 
 2.8 
 19.0 
 – 
 79.3 
 84.8 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 11.3 
 – 
 – 
 11.3 

 13.8 
 17.1 
 – 
 30.9 
 42.2 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 8.2 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 8.2 
 8.2 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 2.9 
 – 
 – 
 2.9 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 2.9 

 52.8 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 52.8 

 – 
 1.3 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 1.3 
 54.1 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 0.4 
 – 
 – 
 0.4 

 26.5 
 – 
 1.9 
 28.4 
 28.8 

 – 
 1.3 
 0.2 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 1.5 

 – 
 0.7 
 – 
 – 
 40.4 
 41.1 
 42.6 

 20.5 
 34.8 
(1.1) 
(0.5) 
 6.1 
 82.6 
 142.4 

 – 
 18.4 
 7.2 
 6.6 
 – 
 32.2 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 174.6 

 52.8 
 1.3 
 0.2 
 0.4 
 1.0 
 1.1 
 3.0 
 11.0 
 70.8 

 136.2 
 30.4 
 2.8 
 19.0 
 40.4 
 228.8 
 299.6 

 20.5 
 34.8 
(1.1) 
(0.5) 
 6.1 
 82.6 
 142.4 

 26.0 
 18.4 
 24.9 
 6.6 
 3.7 
 79.6 

 41.4 
 34.3 
 1.9 
 77.6 
 299.6 

84
84

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   84

10/9/2018   8:18:22 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

2017
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Investment properties
Property, plant and equipment
Investment in joint ventures
Investment in associate
Amounts due from associate
Other receivables
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Amounts due from joint ventures
Amounts due from associate
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets
EQUITY
Capital and reserves attributable to the 
Company’s equity holders
Share capital
Share premium account
Employee Benefit Trust
Special reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to shareholders of the 
Company
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Corporation tax
Other financial liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Zero Dividend Preference shares
Bank loans
Other loans
Deferred tax
Total non-current liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

Land1 
£m

House 
building 
£m

Contract 
income 
£m

 Investment 
properties 
£m

Other 
£m

Total 
£m

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 5.7 
 5.7 

 85.1 
 18.9 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 104.0 
 109.7 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 7.9 
 – 
 20.1 
 28.0 

 – 
 17.0 
 14.0 
(0.1) 
 30.9 
 58.9 

 – 
 – 
 0.2 
 1.1 
 5.8 
 – 
 7.1 

 51.9 
 1.3 
 18.3 
 – 
 – 
 71.5 
 78.6 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 7.5 
 – 
 – 
 7.5 

 – 
 19.9 
 – 
(0.6) 
 19.3 
 26.8 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 2.9 
 1.5 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 4.4 
 4.4 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 1.5 
 – 
 – 
 1.5 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 1.5 

 53.6 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 53.6 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 53.6 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 0.3 
 – 
 – 
 0.3 

 – 
 26.3 
 – 
 3.3 
 29.6 
 29.9 

 – 
 0.7 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 0.7 

 – 
 0.7 
 – 
 – 
 26.5 
 27.2 
 27.9 

 20.4 
 34.3 
(1.1) 
 6.1 
 70.9 

 53.6 
 0.7 
 0.2 
 1.1 
 5.8 
 5.7 
 67.1 

 139.9 
 22.4 
 18.3 
 – 
 26.5 
 207.1 
 274.2 

 20.4 
 34.3 
(1.1) 
 6.1 
 70.9 

 130.6 

 130.6 

 3.3 
 6.5 
 – 
 9.8 

 17.3 
 – 
 – 
(0.6) 
 16.7 
 157.1 

 20.5 
 6.5 
 20.1 
 47.1 

 17.3 
 63.2 
 14.0 
 2.0 
 96.5 
 274.2 

1  Included within land inventories above is £6.8m (2017: £5.7m) relating to a hotel.
All assets and revenues arose solely in the United Kingdom.   

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

85
85

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   85

10/9/2018   8:18:22 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

5. EXPENSES BY NATURE

Depreciation
Operating lease rentals
Fees paid to BDO LLP in respect of:
– audit of the company and consolidated accounts
  – current year
  – prior year
Other services:
– audit of subsidiaries and associates
– audit-related assurance services
– taxation compliance and advisory services1

1 BDO ceased to be the Group’s tax advisors during the current year. 

6. EMPLOYEE COSTS  
The employee costs (including Directors) during the year were as follows:  

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs - defined contribution plans
Share-based payments

Amount capitalised to inventories

The average number of employees during the year was as follows:  

Management
Administration

2018
 £000 
 274 
 140 

 75 
 40 

 50 
 18 
 – 

2018
 £m 
 8.1 
 0.9 
 0.2 
 0.5 
 9.7 
(3.0) 
 6.7 

2018
 8 
 85 
 93 

2017
 £000 
 242 
 124 

 74 
 – 

 45 
 16 
 100 

2017
 £m 
 5.7 
 0.6 
 0.1 
 0.5 
 6.9 
(1.4) 
 5.5 

2017
 8 
 51 
 59 

Please see the table in the Remuneration Committee report on pages 58 to 63 for details of the employee costs of the Directors, including 
details of the highest paid Director.

Employee costs in respect of key personnel (excluding Directors) were as follows:  

Wages and salaries
Bonuses
Social security costs
Pension

2018
 £m 
 1.0 
 0.2 
 0.2 
 0.1 
 1.5 

2017
 £m 
 0.8 
 0.2 
 0.1 
 – 
 1.1 

Other long term benefits in respect of key personnel and the Directors were as follows:  

Key personnel and Directors

As at 30 June 2018

As at 30 June 2017

Number 
of Growth 
Shares
 1,000 

Number 
of share 
options
 2,070,000 

Number 
of Growth 
Shares
 1,000 

Number 
of share 
options
 2,495,000 

There were no employees or employee benefit expenses in the Company in the current or prior year.  

86
86

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   86

10/9/2018   8:18:23 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

7. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS 
Group - equity-settled option scheme  
Share options are awarded to all eligible members of staff on a discretionary basis and there are no service or performance conditions 
attached to them, other than that the member of staff awarded the options is still employed by the Company at the time of the options 
being exercised or are “good” leavers and the options are exercised within six months of leaving employment. This unapproved share 
option scheme is separate to the long term incentive plan (LTIP) for the Executive Directors, further details of which can be found in the 
Remuneration Committee report on pages 58 to 63.   

Date from 
which 
exercisable

Expiry 
date

Outstanding 
at 1 July

Exercised

Lapsed

at 30 June Exercisable

Outstanding 

Exercise 
price 
p
Year of grant
For the year ended 30 June 2018
 16.50 
2009
 18.25 
2010
 17.50 
2012
 32.50 
2013
 70.25 
2015

17/12/2012
22/11/2013
25/06/2015
18/06/2016
22/06/2018

16/12/2019
21/11/2020
24/06/2022
17/06/2023
21/06/2025

For the year ended 30 June 2017
 50.00 
2007
 16.50 
2009
 18.25 
2010
 17.50 
2012
 32.50 
2013
 70.25 
2015

28/03/2010
17/12/2012
22/11/2013
25/06/2015
18/06/2016
22/06/2018

27/03/2017
16/12/2019
21/11/2020
24/06/2022
17/06/2023
21/06/2025

Weighted average exercise price of share options:
Exercisable
Non-exercisable
Total

Weighted average remaining contracted life of share options:
Exercisable
Non-exercisable
Total

 580,000 
 1,500,000 
 245,000 
 490,000 
 365,000 
 3,180,000 

 710,000 
 605,000 
 1,500,000 
 305,000 
 550,000 
 410,000 
 4,080,000 

 – 
 – 
(75,000) 
(100,000) 
 – 
(175,000) 

(710,000) 
(25,000) 
 – 
(60,000) 
(60,000) 
 – 
(855,000) 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(25,000) 
(25,000) 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(45,000) 
(45,000) 

 580,000 
 1,500,000 
 170,000 
 390,000 
 340,000 
 2,980,000 

 580,000 
 1,500,000 
 170,000 
 390,000 
 340,000 
 2,980,000 

 – 
 580,000 
 1,500,000 
 245,000 
 490,000 
 365,000 
 3,180,000 

 – 
 580,000 
 1,500,000 
 245,000 
 490,000 
 – 
 2,815,000 

30 June 2018  30 June 2017 

 1 July 2016 

25.66p
n/a
25.66p

20.30p
70.25p
27.60p

16.74p
70.25p
20.57p

 3.17 years 
n/a
 3.17 years 

 3.79 years 
 7.98 years 
 4.27 years 

 4.05 years 
 8.98 years 
 4.55 years 

The weighted average exercise price of share options exercised and lapsed was 26.07p (2017: 45.51p) and 70.25p (2017: 70.25p) 
respectively. The weighted average share price at which share options were exercised during the year was 64.00p (2017: 58.67p).   

Volatility was calculated with reference to historical share price information using the closing prices on the first business day of each 
month over the period since the shares have been listed. No share options or Growth Shares were issued in the current year or prior year.

The share-based payment charged to the Income Statement for the year ended 30 June 2018 is £0.5m (2017: £0.5m) with a corresponding 
deferred tax asset at that date of £0.1m (2017: £0.1m), and £0.5m (2017: £0.5m) of this charge relates to the Directors.

At 30 June 2018, there were 9,647,928 (2017: 11,350,504) ordinary shares exchangeable for the Growth Shares outstanding, issued in 
December 2013, that do not have an exercise price but are subject to vesting conditions. Further details can be found in the Remuneration 
Committee report on pages 58 to 63.  

The Executive Directors receive 50% of bonuses in shares which are purchased by the Employee Benefit Trust and the remaining 50% in 
cash. The number of shares purchased correspond to the number of shares which would have been able to be purchased at the closing 
price on 30 June for the relevant year. The shares will be transferred to the Directors three years after the award date. The amount of the 
bonus awarded each year is explained in the Remuneration Committee report on pages 58 to 63.

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

87
87

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   87

10/9/2018   8:18:23 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

8. FINANCE COST 

Interest expense:
– bank loans
– Zero Dividend Preference shares
– other loans
– notional interest on deferred consideration
– amortisation of loan arrangement fees and other finance related costs
Gross finance costs
Finance costs capitalised

2018
£m

2017
£m

 3.1 
 1.1 
 1.3 
 – 
 0.7 
6.2
(1.1)
5.1

3.1
1.1
1.7
1.4
0.8
8.1
(1.1)
7.0

Finance costs of £1.1m (2017: £1.1m) have been capitalised on inventories in accordance with IAS 23 Borrowing Costs (see note 17), using 
the Group’s cost of borrowing for that loan specific to the development in question.

9. FINANCE INCOME

Other interest receivable
Interest from loans to joint ventures and associate

10. TAX CHARGE 

Current tax charge
Deferred tax (credit)/charge
Total

2018
£m
 0.1 
 0.8 
 0.9 

2018
£m
4.0
(0.1)
3.9

2017
£m
 0.1 
 0.4 
 0.5 

2017
£m
2.7
1.1
3.8

The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the tax rate applicable to profit on the 
Group companies as follows: 

Profit before tax
Expected tax charge based on the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.0% (2017: 19.0%)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
ZDP interest not deductible for tax purposes
Capital losses
Adjustments to tax charge in respect of previous periods
Timing differences
Release deferred tax asset on disposal of joint venture
Deferred tax liability on investment properties
Tax losses utilised
Tax charge

2018
£m
 19.3 
 3.7 
 0.1 
 0.2 
(0.1) 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 3.9 

2017
£m
 19.6 
 3.7 
 – 
 0.2 
 – 
 0.1 
(0.2) 
 0.1 
 1.3 
(1.4) 
 3.8 

88
88

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   88

10/9/2018   8:18:23 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

11. EARNINGS AND NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE  
Number of shares

Shares in issue
Less shares held in:
– EBT1
– Treasury2
For use in basic measures
Dilutive effect of:
– share options
– deferred bonus shares
– growth shares3
For use in diluted measures

Earnings per share
Weighted average

2018
‘000

2017
‘000

Net asset value per share
At 30 June
2018
‘000
 204,551 

2017
‘000
 203,654 

 201,621 

 201,875 

 1,844 
 1,763 
 5,790 
 211,018 

 1,882 
 1,627 
 6,000 
 211,384 

 (1,627)
 (825)
 202,099 

 1,837 
 1,823 
 5,100 
 210,859 

 (1,627)
 - 
 202,027 

 1,912 
 1,627 
 6,000 
 211,566 

1 The Group’s Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) purchased 650,000 shares on 29 October 2014, 377,500 shares on 20 December 2015 and a further 600,000 shares on 
16 December 2016 in Inland Homes plc under the terms of the Long Term Incentive Plan. These total 1,627,500 shares and have been deducted from the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares in issue and also from the shares in issue at the year end.  

2  In several transactions in October and November 2017, the Group purchased 1,000,000 of its own shares to be held in treasury. On 18 January 2018, 175,000 shares 

were transferred from the treasury reserve to satisfy employee share options exercised within the terms of the Company’s share option scheme.  

3  Amounts included for the growth shares are those where the performance conditions have been satisfied. On 6 April 2018, Paul Brett transferred 79 vested LTIP 

shares to the Company in exchange for the issue of 896,689 shares in the Company as referred to in the Remuneration Committee report on pages 58 to 63.

Basic and diluted earnings per share  

Profit attributable to equity shareholders (£m)
Earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

Net asset value and net asset value per share

At 30 June 2018
Net assets attributable to equity shareholders
Adjustment for:
Revaluation of projects
Deferred tax on investment property revaluation
EPRA net asset value
Adjustment for:
Deferred tax on investment property revaluation
Deferred tax on project revaluation
EPRA triple net asset value

At 30 June 2017
Net assets attributable to equity shareholders
Adjustment for:
Revaluation of projects
Deferred tax on investment property revaluation
EPRA net asset value
Adjustment for:
Deferred tax on investment property revaluation
Deferred tax on project revaluation
EPRA triple net asset value

www.inlandhomesplc.com

2018
 15.4 
7.64p
7.30p

2017
 15.8 
7.82p
7.46p

£m

Undiluted
p

Diluted
p

 142.4 

 70.46 

 67.53 

 61.0 
3.3 
 206.7 

 (3.3) 
(11.6) 
 191.8 

 102.28 

 98.03 

 94.91 

 90.97 

 130.6 

 64.62 

 61.72 

 60.5 
3.3 
 194.4 

 (3.3) 
(11.5) 
 179.6 

 96.22 

 91.88 

 88.90 

 84.89 

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

89
89

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   89

10/9/2018   8:18:23 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

12. DIVIDENDS 

Payment 
date

Dividend per 
share
p

2018
£m

2017
£m

Current year
2018 final dividend
2018 interim dividend
Distribution of current year profit

Prior year
2017 final dividend
2017 interim dividend
Distribution of prior year profit

25 January 2019
29 June 2018

26 January 2018
23 June 2017

2016 final dividend
Dividends as reported in the Group statement of changes in equity

27 January 2017

1.55
0.65
2.20

1.20
0.50
1.70

0.90

–
 1.3 
 1.3 

 2.4 
 – 
 2.4 

 – 
 3.7 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 1.0 
 1.0 

 1.8 
 2.8 

Dividends are not paid on the shares owned by the Employee Benefit Trust. During the year dividends of £11.0m were received by the 
Company from its subsidiaries (2017: £5.0m). 

13. INVESTMENT PROPERTIES   

Fair value
At 30 June 2016
Additions
Fair value adjustment
At 30 June 2017
Additions
Transfer from inventories
Disposals
At 30 June 2018

Commercial 
properties 
£m

Residential 
properties 
£m

Development 
land 
£m

 1.0 
 0.3 
 – 
 1.3 
 – 
 1.2 
(2.5) 
 – 

 45.4 
 0.1 
 1.5 
 47.0 
 0.5 
 – 
 – 
 47.5 

 5.3 
 – 
 – 
 5.3 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 5.3 

Total 
£m

 51.7 
 0.4 
 1.5 
 53.6 
 0.5 
 1.2 
(2.5) 
 52.8 

Valuation techniques   
- Commercial properties   
At 30 June 2017, the Group’s commercial property consisted of a property at Leighton Buzzard which was carried at fair value established 
by the Directors using a rental yield of 5.5%. The annual rent used in this calculation was the subject of a lease with the Co-op. Costs to 
complete were deducted from the fair value along with a suitable developer’s margin. The property was disposed of during the year to 
30 June 2018.     

- Residential properties   
The Group’s residential investment properties were valued by the Directors on the basis of “open market value”. In arriving at their view 
of open market value the Directors had regard to the following; the accommodation offered, the square footage and the condition of each 
property. They then considered the above in light of the local market and prices achieved in recent transaction in consultation with a local 
property agent.     

- Development land   
The Group’s development property is carried at fair value which has been established by the Directors using an internal appraisal model 
based on the “residual method”. The inputs for this model are the market value of units to be constructed in accordance with the planning 
permission, the costs of any housebuilding, infrastructure, local authority fees and professional fees. The market value of the units has 
been assumed to be at a similar level to the prices obtained by the Group on earlier phases of the same development for similar property 
types. Housebuilding and infrastructure costs have been forecast using costs incurred by the Group on this or other similar developments 
with an allowance for cost increases. Local authority fees were agreed at the time of the signing of the planning permission and are 
therefore known costs. Professional fees are input using costs incurred on similar projects and finance holding costs are the Group’s cost 
of debt capital. Using a profit margin of 20% this generated a land value for the remaining site of £5.3m (2017: £5.3m). The Directors are of 
the opinion that developing the site reflects the highest and best use of this asset.     

90
90

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   90

10/9/2018   8:18:23 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

These techniques use significant unobservable inputs such that the fair value measurement of investment properties has been classified 
as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy as set out by IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement. There were no transfers between Levels 1 and 2 or 
between 2 and 3 in the fair value heirarchy during the year ended 30 June 2018 (2017: None).   

Sensitivity analysis

Commercial properties

Residential properties

Development land

Variable
House prices

 Rental values

 House prices 

 Development costs

Variation
 +5% 
 -5% 
 +5% 
 -5% 
 +5% 
 -5% 
 +5% 
 -5% 

Increase/(decrease)

2018
£m
 n/a 
 n/a 
 2.4 
(2.4) 
 1.6 
(1.3) 
(1.1) 
 0.9 

2017
£m
 0.1 
(0.1) 
 2.4 
(2.4) 
 1.6 
(1.3) 
(1.1) 
 0.9 

Income and expense   
During the year ended 30 June 2018 £1.3m (2017: £1.1m) rental and ancilliary income from investment properties was recognised in 
the Group Income Statement. Direct operating expenses, including repairs and maintenance, arising from investment property that 
generated rental income amounted to £0.3m (2017: £0.2m). The Group did not incur any direct operating expenses arising from investment 
properties that did not generate rental income (2017: £nil).   

Restrictions and obligations   
At 30 June 2018 there were no restrictions on the realisability of investment property or the remittance of income and proceeds of 
disposal (2017: None). There are no obligations (2017: None) to construct or develop the Group’s residential or development land 
investment property.     

At 30 June 2018, the historical cost of the Group’s investment properties was £14.7m (2017: £15.4m). Certain of the investment properties 
are secured against the Group’s borrowings. For details see note 23.       

14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT   

Group
Cost
At 30 June 2016
Additions
At 30 June 2017
Additions
At 30 June 2018
Depreciation
At 30 June 2016
Depreciation charge
At 30 June 2017
Depreciation charge
At 30 June 2018
Net book value

At 30 June 2016
At 30 June 2017
At 30 June 2018

Modular 
housing 
£m

Motor 
vehicles 
£m

Office 
equipment 
£m

Fixtures and 
fittings 
£m

Total 
£m

 – 
 – 
 – 
 0.8 
 0.8 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 0.8 

 0.3 
 0.1 
 0.4 
 – 
 0.4 

 0.1 
 0.1 
 0.2 
 0.1 
 0.3 

 0.2 
 0.2 
 0.1 

 0.4 
 0.1 
 0.5 
 0.1 
 0.6 

 0.2 
 0.1 
 0.3 
 0.1 
 0.4 

 0.2 
 0.2 
 0.2 

 0.3 
 0.3 
 0.6 
 – 
 0.6 

 0.2 
 0.1 
 0.3 
 0.1 
 0.4 

 0.1 
 0.3 
 0.2 

 1.0 
 0.5 
 1.5 
 0.9 
 2.4 

 0.5 
 0.3 
 0.8 
 0.3 
 1.1 

 0.5 
 0.7 
 1.3 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

91
91

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   91

10/9/2018   8:18:24 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

15. INVESTMENTS IN GROUP UNDERTAKINGS 
At 30 June 2018, the Company, directly or indirectly, held equity of the following: 

Company name
Subsidiary undertakings
Basildon United Football, Sports & Leisure Limited
Brooklands Helix Developments Limited
Bucks Developments Limited
Chapel Riverside Developments Limited
Drayton Developments Limited
Drayton Garden Village Limited
Exeter Road (Bournemouth) Limited
High Wycombe Developments Limited
High Wycombe Developments No. 2 Limited
Hugg Homes Limited
Hugg Housing Limited
Inland Limited
Inland (Southern) Limited
Inland (STB) Limited
Inland Finance Limited
Inland Helix Limited
Inland Homes (Essex) Limited
Inland Homes 2013 Limited
Inland Homes Developments Limited
Inland Housing Limited
Inland Partnerships Limited
Inland Property Finance Limited
Inland Property Limited
Inland ZDP plc
Leighton Developments Limited
Poole Investments Limited
Rosewood Housing Limited
Wessex Hotel Developments Limited
Wilton Park Developments Limited
Interests in joint ventures
10 Ant South Limited
Bucknalls Developments Limited
Cheshunt Lakeside Developments Limited
Europa Park LLP
Gardiners Park LLP
Project Helix Holdco Limited
Interests in associates
Troy Homes Limited

1 All holdings are of ordinary shares 

Principal activity

Holding and  
voting rights 1

 Sports club 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Letting or operating of real estate 
 Letting or operating of real estate 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Provision of finance 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Holding company 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Construction 
 Provision of finance 
 Real estate investment 
 Provision of finance 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate investment 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 

 Real estate investment 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Real estate development 
 Holding company 

 Real estate development 

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
20%

25%

Inland Homes 2013 Limited is the only direct subsidiary of the Company. All others are indirect holdings. All of the above entities are 
incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. In addition, all entities are registered at Decimal Place, Chiltern Avenue, Amersham, 
Buckinghamshire, HP6 5FG, with the exception of: 

- Europa Park LLP and Gardiners Park LLP which are registered at Springfield Lodge, Colchester Road, Chelmsford, Essex, CM2 5PW 
- Troy Homes Limited which is registered at 10-14 Accommodation Road, London, NW11 8ED 

The joint ventures and associates listed above are accounted for using the equity method. Further details can be found in Critical 
Judgements in note 3 and below. There are no restrictions on the ability of the Parent Company or its subsidiaries to transfer cash or 
other assets to or from other entities in the Group. 

92
92

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   92

10/9/2018   8:18:24 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Disposal of subsidiaries
During the year to 30 June 2018, the Group disposed of two of its subsidiaries Uxbridge; Homes Developments Limited and Inland 
Commercial Limited. There was a gain of £0.1m on the sale of these companies. During the year to 30 June 2017, Inland Homes 2013 
Limited disposed of its 100% owned subsidiary, Inland New Homes Limited. A management fee of £6.0 million was charged by Inland Ltd 
to Inland New Homes Ltd prior to the sale for £1 resulting in a gain of £6.0 million which was recognised in the Group Income Statement. 

Group

Aston 
Clinton 
S.A.R.L.
£m

Project 
Helix
£m

 1.0 
 0.3 
(0.2) 
(1.1) 
 – 
(1.0) 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

Cost
At 30 June 2016
Additions
Transfer of loans to joint ventures
Disposal of interest in joint venture
Share of loss after tax
Movement during the year
At 30 June 2017
Share of profit after tax
Receipts from joint ventures
Movement during the year
At 30 June 2018

Amounts due from associate

Due in less than one year
Other receivables1

Due in more than one year
Loans
Other receivables1

Investment in joint ventures
Cheshunt 
Lakeside 
Develop-
ments
£m

Bucknalls 
Develop-
ments
£m

Europa 
Park
£m

Gardiners 
Park
£m

Investment 
in 
associates
£m

 Total 
£m

Total
£m

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 0.2 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 0.2 
 0.2 
 – 
 0.2 
 0.4 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 0.8 
(0.8) 
 – 
 – 

 1.2 
 0.3 
(0.2) 
(1.1) 
 – 
(1.0) 
 0.2 
 1.0 
(0.8) 
 0.2 
 0.4 

 0.1 
 1.2 
 – 
 – 
(0.2) 
 1.0 
 1.1 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 1.1 

2018
£m

 2.8 

 3.0 
 – 
 3.0 
 5.8 

 1.3 
 1.5 
(0.2) 
(1.1) 
(0.2) 
 – 
 1.3 
 1.0 
(0.8) 
 0.2 
 1.5 

2017
£m

 – 

 3.0 
 2.8 
 5.8 
 5.8 

1 Other receivables relates to amounts due from the sale of two sites during the year ended 30 June 2016.   

The above loans are repayable in October 2020 and other receivables over the period of the underlying development. Interest is charged 
on the loan amounts but not on other receivables.

Amounts due from joint ventures

Due in less than one year
Project Helix
Bucknalls Developments Limited
Cheshunt Lakeside Developments Limited
Gardiners Park LLP

Due in more than one year
Europa Park LLP

No interest is charged on any of the amounts due from joint ventures.   

www.inlandhomesplc.com

2018
£m

 – 
 5.6 
 13.4 
 – 
 19.0 

 1.0 
 20.0 

2017
£m

 4.9 
 4.4 
 8.1 
 0.9 
 18.3 

 – 
 18.3 

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

93
93

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   93

10/9/2018   8:18:24 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

15. INVESTMENTS IN GROUP UNDERTAKINGS continued
INTERESTS IN JOINT VENTURES 
Aston Clinton S.A.R.L. 
In November 2014, the Group acquired a 10% interest in Aston Clinton S.A.R.L (Lux) whose purpose was to acquire a site near Aylesbury, 
Buckinghamshire, and obtain planning permission. During the year ended 30 June 2017, following the achievement of planning consent 
for 400 residential units and commercial space, the Group sold its interest in Aston Clinton S.A.R.L. for £8.3m, generating a gain of £7.0m 
which was recognised in the Group Income Statement. Aston Clinton S.A.R.L. is based in Luxembourg.  

Summarised statement of total comprehensive income
Revenue
Interest charge
Total comprehensive expense

2018
£m
 – 
 – 
 – 

2017
£m
 – 
(0.3) 
(0.3) 

Project Helix Group 
In December 2014, the Group entered into a joint venture with CPC Group Ltd (CPC) to purchase land, obtain planning permission 
and ultimately sell the land. During the year, Project Helix Holdco Limited’s interests in its subsidiary undertakings, High Wycombe 
Developments Ltd, High Wycombe Developments No. 2 Ltd and Brooklands Helix Developments Ltd were purchased by the Group. Project 
Helix Group will be liquidated shortly. 

Summarised statement of financial position  
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets
Total current assets
Current liabilities
Financial liabilities (excluding trade payables and provisions)
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Net liabilities

Reporting entity’s share
Investment cost
Carrying amount at year end

Summarised statement of total comprehensive income  
Revenue
Operating expenses
Total comprehensive income

2018
£m

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

2018
£m
 – 
 – 
 – 

2017
£m

 – 
 24.3 
 24.3 

 0.6 
 24.0 
 24.6 
(0.3) 

(0.1) 
 0.1 
 – 

2017
£m
 0.2 
(0.1) 
 0.1 

94
94

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   94

10/9/2018   8:18:24 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

15. INVESTMENTS IN GROUP UNDERTAKINGS continued
Bucknalls Developments Ltd 
In December 2015, the Group entered into a joint venture with two individuals to purchase land, obtain planning permission and develop 
the homes in Garston, Hertfordshire. During the year ended 30 June 2017 outline planning consent was obtained for 100 residential 
units. Under the terms of the joint venture agreement, the Group is obliged to fund 50% of the costs of the site and is entitled to receive a 
management fee and 50% of the returns. 

Summarised statement of financial position
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets
Total current assets
Current liabilities
Financial liabilities (excluding trade payables and provisions)
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Net liabilities

Reporting entity’s share
Losses restricted to nil 
Carrying amount at year end

Summarised statement of total comprehensive income
Interest
Total comprehensive expense

2018
£m

 0.1 
 9.5 
 9.6 

 9.9 
 0.3 
 10.2 
(0.6) 

(0.3) 
 0.3 
 – 

2018
£m
(0.3) 
(0.3) 

2017
£m

 – 
 8.4 
 8.4 

 8.3 
 0.1 
 8.4 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

2017
£m
 – 
 – 

Cheshunt Lakeside Developments Ltd (formerly Inland (Stonegate) Ltd) 
In June 2016, the Group entered into a joint venture whose purpose was to acquire a site in Cheshunt, Hertfordshire, obtain planning 
permission and ultimately sell the land. The site has the potential for 1,500 residential plots. Under the terms of the joint venture 
agreement, the Group has an obligation to fund 50% of the costs of the site and is entitled to receive 50% of the net returns. 

Summarised statement of financial position
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets
Total current assets
Current liabilities
Financial liabilities (excluding trade payables and provisions)
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Net assets

Reporting entity’s share
Investment cost
Carrying amount at year end

Summarised statement of total comprehensive income
Revenue
Operating expenses
Total comprehensive income

2018
£m

 0.3 
 57.5 
 57.8 

 56.6 
 0.6 
 57.2 
 0.6 

 0.3 
 0.1 
 0.4 

2018
£m
 0.7 
(0.3) 
 0.4 

2017
£m

 0.2 
 39.4 
 39.6 

 22.7 
 16.7 
 39.4 
 0.2 

 0.1 
 0.1 
 0.2 

2017
£m
 0.2 
 – 
 0.2 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

95
95

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   95

10/9/2018   8:18:24 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

15. INVESTMENTS IN GROUP UNDERTAKINGS continued
Europa Park LLP 
In December 2017, the Group entered into a joint venture which acquired a site in Ipswich, Suffolk from the Group which has planning 
permission for 94 residential plots. Under the terms of the joint venture agreement, the Group has an obligation to fund 50% of the costs 
of the site and is entitled to receive 50% of the net returns. 

Summarised statement of financial position
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets
Total current assets
Current liabilities
Financial liabilities (excluding trade payables and provisions)
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Net assets

Reporting entity’s share
Investment cost
Carrying amount at year end

Summarised statement of total comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income

2018
£m

2017
£m

 0.1 
 2.7 
 2.8 

 1.9 
 0.9 
 2.8 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

2018
£m
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

2017
£m
 – 

Gardiners Park LLP 
In November 2016, the Group entered into a joint venture with Constable Homes Limited to develop a site in Basildon, Essex with 30 
private and 13 Housing Association units. Under the terms of the joint venture agreement, the Group has an obligation to fund 50% of the 
costs of the site and is entitled to receive 50% of the net returns. 

Summarised statement of financial position
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets
Total current assets
Current liabilities
Financial liabilities (excluding trade payables and provisions)
Partners’ loans
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Net liabilities

Reporting entity’s share
Investment cost
Carrying amount at year end

Summarised statement of total comprehensive income
Revenue
Operating expenses
Interest
Total comprehensive income

2018
£m

2017
£m

 0.4 
 0.9 
 1.3 

 – 
 – 
 1.3 
 1.3 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

2018
£m
 11.0 
(9.3) 
(0.1) 
 1.6 

 0.3 
 5.9 
 6.2 

 3.4 
 1.8 
 1.1 
 6.3 
(0.1) 

 – 
 – 
 – 

2017
£m
 0.9 
(0.9) 
(0.1) 
(0.1) 

96
96

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   96

10/9/2018   8:18:25 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

15. INVESTMENTS IN GROUP UNDERTAKINGS continued
INTERESTS IN ASSOCIATE 
Troy Homes Limited
In October 2015 the Group acquired 25% of Troy Homes Limited (Troy), a new premium housebuilder, and is entitled to 25% of the  
net returns. 

Summarised statement of financial position
Non-current assets
Tangible assets
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets
Total current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Financial liabilities (excluding trade payables and provisions)
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities (excluding trade payables and provisions)
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

Reporting entity’s share
Investment cost
Carrying amount at year end

Summarised statement of total comprehensive income
Revenue
Operating expenses
Interest
Income tax 
Total comprehensive income/(expense)

Company

Cost
Net book value

2018
£m

 0.1 
 0.1 

 3.1 
 29.3 
 32.4 
 32.5 

 14.1 
 5.5 
 19.6 

 9.2 
 9.2 
 28.8 
 3.7 

 0.9 
 0.2 
 1.1 

2018
£m
 14.2 
(12.9) 
(1.4) 
 0.3 
 0.2 

2018
£m
 12.5 
 12.5 

2017
£m

 0.1 
 0.1 

 0.6 
 26.1 
 26.7 
 26.8 

 10.4 
 3.4 
 13.8 

 9.5 
 9.5 
 23.3 
 3.5 

 0.9 
 0.2 
 1.1 

2017
£m
 1.0 
(1.9) 
(0.8) 
 0.3 
(1.4) 

2017
£m
 12.5 
 12.5 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

97
97

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   97

10/9/2018   8:18:25 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

16. DEFERRED TAX 

Group
At 1 July 2017
(Credited)/charged to income statement
At 30 June 2018

Company
At 30 June 2017
Credited to income statement
At 30 June 2018

Capital 
losses 
recognised 
on 
revaluation 
gain
£m
(3.2) 
 0.5 
(2.7) 

Notional 
interest on 
deferred 
consideration
£m
(0.7) 
 – 
(0.7) 

Share-based 
payments
£m
(0.6) 
(0.1) 
(0.7) 

Revaluation 
gain 
£m
 6.5 
(0.5) 
 6.0 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 –
 – 

(0.6) 
(0.1) 
(0.7) 

 Total 
£m
 2.0 
(0.1) 
 1.9 

(0.6) 
(0.1) 
(0.7) 

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax losses carried forward to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit 
through future taxable profits is probable. 

17. INVENTORIES 

At 1 July
Additions
Capitalisation of finance costs
Capitalisation of employee costs
Charged to income statement
Transferred to investment property
Impairment
At 30 June

2018
£m
 139.9 
 107.8 
 1.1 
 3.0 
(113.7) 
(1.2) 
(0.7) 
 136.2 

2017
£m
 148.4 
 58.0 
 1.1 
 1.4 
(68.6) 
 – 
(0.4) 
 139.9 

Certain of the inventories are secured against the Group’s borrowings. For details see note 23. 

Included within inventories is £0.9m in relation to construction contracts and to 30 June 2018 £15.5m has been billed in relation to  
these contracts. 

98
98

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   98

10/9/2018   8:18:25 PM

 
FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

18. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 

Trade receivables
Prepayments and accrued income
Other receivables
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Trade and other receivables due in less than one year
Other receivables due in more than one year

Group
2018
£m
 16.1 
 0.4 
 13.9 
 – 
 30.4 
 11.0 
 41.4 

2017
£m
 3.4 
 1.3 
 17.7 
 – 
 22.4 
 5.7 
 28.1 

Company
2018
£m
 – 
 – 
 0.2 
 36.9 
 37.1 
 – 
 37.1 

2017
£m
 – 
 0.1 
 1.0 
 50.0 
 51.1 
 – 
 51.1 

The carrying value of trade and other receivables is considered a reasonable approximation of fair value. During the year an amount of 
£0.5m (2017: £nil) was written off in relation to a contractor which went into administration in 2016 (for more details see note 22). No other 
trade receivables are considered to be impaired and there were no unimpaired trade receivables past due at the reporting date. 

Other receivables
Due in less than one year
Sale of subsidiary
Sale of interest in joint venture
Construction contract bond
Other

Due in more than one year
Sale of subsidiary
Sale of interest in joint venture
Other

Group
2018
£m

 1.3 
 5.0 
 5.0 
 2.6 
 13.9 

 4.7 
 5.7 
 0.6 
 11.0 

2017
£m

 10.7 
 5.0 
 – 
 2.0 
 17.7 

 – 
 5.7 
 – 
 5.7 

Within other receivables is £0.5m (2017: £0.4m) relating to retentions receivable from construction contracting clients and within trade 
receivables is £2.9m (2017: £1.0m) relating to income accrued on a construction contract. 

19. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

Cash at bank and at hand

Group
2018
£m
 40.4 

2017
£m
 26.5 

Company
2018
£m
 18.3 

2017
£m
 0.1 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES
INLAND HOMES

99
99

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   99

10/9/2018   8:18:25 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

20. SHARE CAPITAL 
Group and Company 
The movement in the number of shares in issue is shown in the table below. 

At 30 June 2016
Issued on exercise of share options
At 30 June 2017
Issued on exercise of LTIP
At 30 June 2018

Employee Benefit Trust
At 30 June 2016
Purchase of own shares for deferred bonus plan
At 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2018

Treasury reserve
At 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2017
Purchase of own shares
Exercise of share options
At 30 June 2018

Total voting shares1
At 30 June 2016
At 30 June 2017
At 30 June 2018

Authorised, issued and fully paid

10p ordinary shares
Number
 202,799,432 
 855,000 
 203,654,432 
 896,689 
 204,551,121 

£m
 20.3 
 0.1 
 20.4 
 0.1 
 20.5 

10p deferred shares
Number
 9,980 
 – 
 9,980 
 – 
 9,980 

£m
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

(0.7) 
(0.4) 
(1.1) 

 – 
(0.6) 
 0.1 
(0.5) 

1,027,500
600,000
1,627,500

 – 
1,000,000
(175,000)
825,000

201,771,932
202,026,932
202,098,621

1 Ordinary shares in issue less shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust and the Treasury reserve  

Ordinary shares 
Except for the shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust and the Treasury reserve (see note 21), each share has the right to one vote and 
is entitled to participate in any distribution made by the Company, including the right to receive a dividend.  

Deferred shares 
Deferred shares shall not confer the right to be paid a dividend or to receive notice of or attend or vote at a general meeting. On a winding-
up, after the distribution of the first £10,000,000 of the assets of the Company, the holders of the deferred shares (if any) shall be entitled 
to receive an amount equal to the nominal value of such deferred shares pro rata to their respective holdings.   

100 INLAND HOMES
100 INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   100

10/9/2018   8:18:25 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

21. RESERVES 
The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within shareholders’ equity 

Reserve 

Description and purpose 

Share premium 

Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value less directly attributable issue costs. 

Employee Benefit 
Trust 

Special reserve 

This represents the purchase of the Company’s own shares and are deducted from total equity until they are 
issued to employees under the Deferred Bonus Plan. At 30 June 2018, this reserve holds 1,627,500 shares  
(2017: 1,627,500 shares). 

A resolution was passed at the AGM in November 2011 for the capitalisation of the Parent Company’s reserves 
to allow for the possibility of distributions in the future and this was put in the Special reserve, which is a 
distributable reserve. A copy of this resolution is available from Companies House. 

Treasury reserve 

This represents the purchase of the Company’s own shares and are deducted from total equity until they are 
issued to employees under the share option plan. At 30 June 2018, this reserve holds 825,000 shares (2017: None). 

Retained earnings 

Cumulative net gains and losses recognised in the Group income statement together with other items such as 
dividends and share-based payments.  

22. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES  

Trade payables
Other creditors
Sales and social security taxes
Accruals

Group
2018
£m
 8.5 
 3.1 
 6.4 
 6.9 
 24.9 

2017
£m
 7.2 
 6.3 
 1.8 
 5.2 
 20.5 

Company
2018
£m
 – 
 0.4 
 0.5 
 0.2 
 1.1 

2017
£m
 – 
 0.1 
 0.4 
 0.2 
 0.7 

The carrying value of trade and other payables is considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value.  

Within trade payables is £0.7m relating to amounts payable in relation to construction contracts.  

The contingencies note of last year’s financial statements included disclosure relating to a claim and counter-claim with respect to one 
of the Group’s contractors which went into Administration during the year ended 30 June 2016. Included within other creditors of £3.1m at 
30 June 2018 is a provision for £275,000 for the final agreed settlement with the Administrators in relation to these claims. 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES 101
101
INLAND HOMES

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   101

10/9/2018   8:18:25 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

23. BORROWINGS 

At 30 June 2018
Secured bank loans
Other secured loans
Borrowings
ZDP shares
Gross debt

Cash and cash equivalents
Net debt

At 30 June 2017
Secured bank loans
Other secured loans
Borrowings
ZDP shares
Gross debt

Cash and cash equivalents
Net debt

Undrawn committed bank facilities
At 30 June 2018
At 30 June 2017

< 1 year
£m

1 to 2 years
£m

2 to 3 years
£m

3 to 4 years
£m

4 to 5 years
£m

> 5 years
£m

 26.0 
 – 
 26.0 
 18.4 
 44.4 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 13.8 
 17.2 
 31.0 
 – 
 31.0 

 16.0 
 – 
 16.0 
 17.3 
 33.3 

 – 
 10.5 
 10.5 
 – 
 10.5 

 19.9 
 14.0 
 33.9 
 – 
 33.9 

 13.9 
 – 

 13.3 
 11.2 

 27.6 
 – 
 27.6 
 – 
 27.6 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 27.3 
 – 
 27.3 
 – 
 27.3 

 – 
 6.6 
 6.6 
 – 
 6.6 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 4.9 
 – 

Total
£m

 67.4 
 34.3 
 101.7 
 18.4 
 120.1 

(40.4) 
 79.7 

 63.2 
 14.0 
 77.2 
 17.3 
 94.5 

(26.5) 
 68.0 

 32.1 
 11.2 

At 30 June 2018, the bank loans were secured over £47.1m (2017: £53.6m) of investment property and £16.6m (2017: £18.5m) of inventories. 
The other loans were secured over £5.3m (2017: £nil) of investment property and £50.9m (2017: £40.0m) of inventories. The ZDP shares 
were secured against inventories of £4.1m (2017: £4.1m) and loans to joint ventures of £18.9m (2017: £12.5m). No property, plant or 
equipment are pledged as security.  

Zero Dividend Preference (ZDP) shares 
The ZDP shares carry no entitlement to any dividends or other distributions or to participate in the revenue or any other profits of the 
company. The ZDP shareholders have no right to receive notice of, or to attend or vote at, any general meeting of the company except 
in those circumstances set out in the Inland ZDP plc’s Articles of Association, which would be likely to affect their rights or general 
interests. At 30 June 2018, there were 12,444,200 ZDP shares in issue (2017: 11,313,200). An explanation of the fair value of the ZDP shares 
is included in note 26. The maturity of the ZDP shares was extended in August 2018 and will now be repaid on or before 10 April 2024. In 
addition, a further 1,000,000 ZDP shares were issued. More details on the continuation and extension are included in note 31.  

102 INLAND HOMES
102 INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   102

10/9/2018   8:18:26 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

23. BORROWINGS continued
IFRS 7 Financial liabilities: Disclosure, requires disclosure of the maturity of the Group’s remaining contractual financial liabilities. The 
table below shows the contractual undiscounted cash outflows arising from the Group’s gross debt which is split between fixed rate and 
variable rate borrowings.

< 1 year
£m

1 to 2 years
£m

2 to 3 years
£m

3 to 4 years
£m

4 to 5 years
£m

> 5 years
£m

At 30 June 2018
Variable rate borrowings
Fixed rate borrowings
Gross debt
Interest on gross debt
Gross loan commitments

At 30 June 2017
Variable rate borrowings
Fixed rate borrowings
Gross debt
Interest on gross debt
Gross loan commitments

24. CASH FLOW INFORMATION  

 26.0 
 18.4 
 44.4 
 6.2 
 50.6 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 3.6 
 3.6 

 13.8 
 17.2 
 31.0 
 2.2 
 33.2 

 16.0 
 17.3 
 33.3 
 5.3 
 38.6 

Net debt reconciliation
Secured bank loans
Other secured loans
Borrowings
ZDP shares
Gross debt

Cash and cash equivalents
Net debt

Net assets
IFRS
EPRA

Net gearing
IFRS
EPRA

 27.6 
 – 
 27.6 
 0.4 
 28.0 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 1.2 
 1.2 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 0.3 
 0.3 

 27.3 
 – 
 27.3 
 0.1 
 27.4 

 6.6 
 – 
 6.6 
 0.3 
 6.9 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

Non-cash movements

Amortisation 
of loan 
arrangement 
fees
£m
 0.2 
 – 
 0.2 
 – 
 0.2 

Cash flows
£m
 4.0 
 20.3 
 24.3 
 – 
 24.3 

Movement
in accrued
liability
£m
 – 
 – 
 – 
 1.1 
 1.1 

(13.9) 
 10.4 

 – 
 0.2 

 – 
 1.1 

 10.5 
 – 
 10.5 
 1.9 
 12.4 

 19.9 
 14.0 
 33.9 
 2.5 
 36.4 

2017
£m
 63.2 
 14.0 
 77.2 
 17.3 
 94.5 

(26.5) 
 68.0 

 130.6 
 194.4 

52.1%
35.0%

25. OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES  
Other financial liabilities of £3.7m (2017: £20.1m) relates to purchase consideration on inventories falling due within one year.  

Total
£m

 84.5 
 35.6 
 120.1 
 11.3 
 131.4 

 63.2 
 31.3 
 94.5 
 12.7 
 107.2 

2018
£m
 67.4 
 34.3 
 101.7 
 18.4 
 120.1 

(40.4) 
 79.7 

 142.4 
 206.7 

56.0%
38.6%

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES 103
103
INLAND HOMES

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   103

10/9/2018   8:18:26 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 
Financial risk management 
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: credit risk; liquidity risk; and interest rate risk. The Group’s overall risk 
management programmes focus on the unpredictability of financial markets and seek to minimise potential adverse effects on the 
Group’s financial performance. 

Risk management is carried out centrally under policies approved by the Board of Directors.  

(a) Credit risk 
The Group’s significant concentrations of credit risk are its loans to joint ventures and deferred receipts on disposal of investment in 
subsidiaries and joint ventures which are adequately covered by the underlying values of the assets within the joint ventures or legal 
charges over the land within the vehicle disposed of. Further information can be found in note 15. It has policies in place to ensure that 
sales of products and services are made to customers with an appropriate credit history.  

The Group’s exposure to credit risk is limited to the carrying amount of financial assets recognised at the year end date, as summarised 
below: 

Classes of financial assets - carrying amounts
Cash and cash equivalents
Amounts due from joint ventures in less than one year
Amounts due from joint ventures in more than one year
Amounts due from associate in more than one year
Amounts due from associate in less than one year
Receivables due in more than one year
Trade and other receivables

The Group’s policy is to deal with creditworthy counterparties.  

2018
£m

 40.4 
 19.0 
 1.0 
 3.0 
 2.8 
 11.0 
 30.0 
 107.2 

2017
£m

 26.5 
 18.3 
 – 
 5.8 
 – 
 5.7 
 21.1 
 77.4 

The Group’s management considers that all the above financial assets for each of the reporting dates under review are of good credit 
quality. The Directors consider that none of the receivables are past due or impaired. Further information on the concentration of credit 
risk can be found in note 18.  

Other forms of credit risk are for liquid funds and other short term financial assets but these are considered negligible, since the 
counterparties are reputable banks with high quality credit ratings.  

(b) Liquidity risk 
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash balances and ensuring availability of funding through an adequate 
amount of credit facilities. The Group aims to maintain flexibility in funding by keeping credit lines available. The Group also purchases 
property under deferred consideration arrangements.   

(c) Interest rate risk 
The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to risk. Most of 
the Group’s borrowings are at variable rates.  

Market rate sensitivity analysis 
The analysis below shows the sensitivity of the Group Income Statement and net assets to a 0.5% change in interest rate on the Group’s 
financial instruments that are affected by market risk. These financial instruments consist solely of borrowings. 

Total impact on pre-tax profit and equity of 0.5% increase in interest rates - loss
Total impact on pre-tax profit and equity of 0.5% decrease in interest rates - gain

104 INLAND HOMES
104 INLAND HOMES

2018
£m
(0.3) 
 0.3 

2017
£m
(0.2) 
 0.2 

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   104

10/9/2018   8:18:26 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued
(d) Price risk 
The Group’s price risk arises from the market value of land and house prices. These are affected by credit availability, employment 
levels, interest rates, consumer confidence and the supply of land. Whilst it is not possible for the Group to fully mitigate such risks on a 
macroeconomic basis, the Group does focus its operations in areas that have a favourable supply/demand ratio and ensures that planning 
permissions gained are for units of the type and price point which are less easily affected by any downturns in the housing market. 
The Group has also started entering into construction contracts with Housing Associations which involve the bulk, forward selling of 
residential units and has less risk than speculative building.  

Financial assets and liabilities 
The carrying amounts presented in the Statement of Financial Position relate to the following categories: 

Loans and receivables
Other assets - non-current1
Other assets - current2
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost:
- borrowings
- Zero Dividend Preference shares
- other liabilities - current3 

2018
£m

 15.2 
 51.8 
 40.4 
 107.4 

 101.7 
 18.4 
 22.2 
 142.3 

2017
£m

 11.5 
 39.4 
 26.5 
 77.4 

 77.2 
 17.3 
 38.8 
 133.3 

1 Other assets - non-current includes investments, amounts due from associate and joint ventures shown in note 15 and amounts shown as trade and other  

receivables in note 18 due in more than one year. 

2 Other assets - current includes amounts due from associate and joint ventures shown in note 15 and all amounts shown as trade and other receivables 

due in less than one year in note 18 except prepayments of £0.4m (2017: £1.3m). 

3 Other liabilities - current includes purchase consideration of £3.7m (2017: £20.1m) shown in note 25 and all amounts shown as trade and other payables in 

note 22 except sales and social security taxes of £6.4m (2017: £1.8m). All amounts are non-interest bearing and are due within one year.  

Borrowings consist of loans which attract interest at varying rates and there is a variety of fixed and variable rates (see table in note 23). 
The ZDP shares are carried at their accrued value of 147.59p per share (2017: 137.55p) however their closing price on the main market  
of the London Stock Exchange on 30 June 2018 was 151.70p (2017: 143.75p). The ZDP shares attract an interest rate of between 4.64%  
and 7.30%. 

27. COMMITMENTS AND LEASES 
Operating lease commitments where the Group is the lessor 
The Group lets houses, commercial properties and land under non-cancellable operating lease agreements to third parties. The leases 
have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights.  

The future aggregate minimum lease receipts under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows: 

Due in less than one year
Due later than one year and not later than five years
Due later than five years

2018
£m
0.7
0.1
 – 
0.8

2017
£m
 1.0 
 0.6 
 1.3 
 2.9 

At 30 June 2017, the Group had two leasing arrangements which it considered significant. At Drayton Garden Village in West Drayton, 
Middlesex, the Group had a rental contract with a third party for a shop dated 31 October 2016. This contract had a non-cancellable term 
of 15 years with an annual rent of £64,000. At RAF Stanbridge in Leighton Buzzard, Bedfordshire, the Group had a rental contract with a 
third party for a shop, dated 5 August 2016. This contract had a non-cancellable term of 15 years with an annual rent of £69,750. Both of 
these properites were sold during the year. There were no significant leasing arrangements at 30 June 2018.  

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES 105
105
INLAND HOMES

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   105

10/9/2018   8:18:27 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

27. COMMITMENTS AND LEASES continued
Operating lease commitments where the Group is the lessee 
The Group leases an office and some plant and machinery under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The leases have varying 
terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights.  

The future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows: 

Due in less than one year
Due later than one year and not later than five years

2018
£m
 0.1 
 0.1 
 0.2 

2017
£m
 0.1 
 0.2 
 0.3 

The Company has a rental contract for the registered office at Decimal Place, Chiltern Avenue, Amersham, HP6 5FG dated 10 July 2014. 
This contract has a non-cancellable term of five years, with an annual rent of £127,000. Other than this there were no significant leasing 
arrangements in the current or prior year.  

Joint ventures and associate
Bucknalls Developments Limited - the Group is committed to contributing 50% of all costs not funded by external borrowings and no 
further costs are expected.  

Cheshunt Lakeside Developments Limited - the Group is committed to contributing 50% of all costs. The Group expects to fund a further 
£1.2m (2017: £0.8m) before receipt of a planning permission.  

Europa Way LLP - the Group is committed to contributing 50% of all costs not funded by external borrowings and no further costs  
are expected.  

Gardiners Park LLP - the Group is committed to contributing 50% of all costs not funded by external borrowings and no further costs  
are expected.  

Troy Homes Limited - there is £0.3m of share capital subscribed to by the Group which remains uncalled as at 30 June 2018 and is payable 
when called for by the board of Troy Homes.  

28. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are:  

• to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other 

stakeholders; and  

• to ensure sufficient liquid resources are available to meet the funding requirement of its projects and to fund new projects where 

identified.  

This is achieved through ensuring sufficient bank and other facilities are in place; further details are given in notes 23 and 26. The Group 
monitors capital on the basis of the carrying amount of the equity less cash and cash equivalents as presented on the face of the Group 
Statement of Financial Position.   

The movement in the capital to overall financing ratio is shown below. The target capital to overall financing ratio has been set by the 
Directors at 40% and results over this amount are considered to be a good performance against the target.  

Equity
Less: cash and cash equivalents

Equity
Borrowings
Overall financing
Capital to overall financing

106 INLAND HOMES
106 INLAND HOMES

2018
£m
 142.4 
(40.4) 
 102.0 

 142.4 
 120.1 
 262.5 
38.9%

2017
£m
 130.6 
(26.5) 
 104.1 

 130.6 
 94.5 
 225.1 
46.2%

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   106

10/9/2018   8:18:27 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

28. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES continued
The Group manages the capital structure and makes adjustments in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics 
of the underlying assets. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the level of dividends paid to 
shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.   

Every quarter the Group must report to the ZDP shareholders that the covenants attached to the ZDP shares have not been breached. 
The most significant covenant is the gearing ratio which is calculated as adjusted gross assets:financial indebtedness. This covenant 
is monitored on a bi-monthly basis by the Board and has not been breached at any time. Further details can be found in the Inland ZDP 
Prospectus on the Company’s website at www.inlandhomesplc.com. 

29. CONTINGENCIES 

Inland Homes plc has guaranteed the obligations of certain borrowings of its subsidiaries:
Chapel Riverside Developments Limited
High Wycombe Developments Limited
Inland Homes Developments Limited
Inland (STB) Limited
Inland Property Finance Limited

2018
£m
 11.5 
 2.2 
 20.0 
 54.1 
 25.0 
 112.8 

2017
£m
 – 
 – 
 20.0 
 29.2 
 14.0 
 63.2 

All of these subsidiaries are going concerns.  

Inland Homes plc has guaranteed the obligations of certain subsidiaries with regards to the payments of sub-contractors. No guarantees 
were considered significant at 30 June 2018. At 30 June 2017 one guarantee was considered significant by the Group and was in relation to 
Inland Finance Ltd for a maximum of £0.8m. This guarantee expired during the year.  

Inland Homes plc has guaranteed the build performance obligations of Inland Limited and Inland Partnerships Ltd on their contracts with 
Housing Associations. The Directors do not consider that these guarantees could be called up.  

Inland Homes plc has guaranteed the obligations of Poole Investments Limited on its commitments to its associate company, Troy Homes 
Limited. Further information on these commitments can be found in note 15.  

No provisions have been made in these financial statements in respect of any of these contingent liabilities.  

30. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 
The Group has interests in several joint ventures, all of which are considered to be material. Further information, including the Group’s 
share of the net assets and net results of these joint ventures as well as outstanding loan amounts, interest and distributions received, 
can be found in note 15.  

For details of compensation paid to the Directors and key management please see the Remuneration Committee report on pages 58 to 63 
and note 6. For Directors’ shareholdings in the Company please see the Directors’ report on page 66.  

Drayton Garden Village Limited had previously provided two loans of £1.4m and £0.6m at 10% pa and 4.5% pa respectively to a subsidiary 
of Energiser Investments plc, a company in which Mr Malde and Mr Wicks are shareholders and directors. These were both repaid during 
the year ended 30 June 2017. 

Mr Malde is a Non-executive Director of Troy Homes Limited, an associate of the Group. Please see note 15 for balances outstanding from 
the associate and contractual terms of the debtors as at 30 June 2018.  

31. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS  
ZDP refinancing 
On 13 August 2018, the life of the Group’s existing ZDP shares was extended to 10 April 2024. Additionally, a further 1,000,000 ZDP shares 
were issued for gross proceeds of £1.5m. Following this issue, the number of ZDP shares in issue was 13,444,200 shares. 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES 107
107
INLAND HOMES

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   107

10/9/2018   8:18:27 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

32. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
Basis of consolidation 
The Group’s financial statements consolidate the financial statements of the Company and all of its subsidiary undertakings drawn up to 
30 June 2018. Where the Company has control over an investee, it is classified as a subsidiary. The Company controls an investee if all 
three of the following elements are present: power over the subsidiary; exposure, or rights to, the variable returns from its involvement 
with the subsidiary; and the ability to affect those returns through its power over the subsidiary. The Group obtains and exercises control 
through voting rights, development agreements and option agreements. Further information can be found in note 3. 

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its subsidiaries are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless 
the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Amounts reported in the financial statements of subsidiaries 
have been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting policies adopted by the Group. 

Acquisitions of subsidiaries are dealt with by the acquisition method. The method involves the recognition at fair value of all identifiable 
assets and liabilities, including contingent liabilities and non-controlling interests of the subsidiary, at the acquisition date, regardless 
of whether or not they were recorded in the financial statements of the subsidiary prior to acquisition. On initial recognition, the assets 
and liabilities of the subsidiary are included in the Group Statement of Financial Position at their fair values, which are also used as the 
basis for subsequent measurement in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. Goodwill is stated after separating out identifiable 
intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the Group’s share 
of the identifiable net assets and non-controlling interests of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. 

At the time of acquisition, the Group considers whether each acquisition represents the acquisition of a business or the acquisition of an 
asset. The Group accounts for an acquisition as a business combination where an integrated set of activities is acquired in addition to 
the property. Where such acquisitions are not judged to be the acquisition of a business, they are not treated as business combinations. 
Rather, the cost to acquire the corporate entity is allocated between the identifiable assets and liabilities of the entity based upon their 
relative fair values at the acquisition date. Accordingly, no goodwill or additional deferred tax arises. 

Joint ventures 
Joint ventures are entities in which the Group has shared control with another entity, established by contractual agreement. Jointly 
controlled entities are accounted for using the equity method from the date that joint control is obtained to the date that the joint control of 
the entity ceases. All subsequent changes to the share of interest in the equity of the joint venture are recognised in the Group’s carrying 
amount of the investment. Changes resulting from the profit or loss generated by the joint venture are recognised in the Group’s carrying 
amount of the investment and in ‘share of profits of joint venture’ in the Group Income Statement and therefore affect the net results 
of the Group. These changes include subsequent depreciation, amortisation or impairment of the fair value adjustments of assets and 
liabilities. If the share of losses equals its investment, the Group does not recognise further losses, except to the extent that there are 
amounts receivable that may not be recovered or there are further commitments to provide funding. Both realised and unrealised gains 
on transactions between the Group and its joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s investment in joint ventures. Realised 
and unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. The 
accounting policies of the joint ventures are consistent with those of the Group. 

Associates 
Where the Group has significant influence but not control or joint control over the financial and operating policy decisions of another entity, 
it is classified as an associate. Associates are initially recorded in the Group Statement of Financial Position at cost. Changes resulting 
from the Group’s share of post-acquisition profits and losses are recognised in the Group’s carrying amount of the investment and in 
‘share of profits of associates’ in the Group Income Statement and therefore affect the net results of the Group. These changes include 
subsequent depreciation, amortisation or impairment of the fair value adjustments of assets and liabilities. If the share of losses equals its 
investment, the Group does not recognise further losses, except to the extent that there are amounts receivable that may not be recovered 
or there are further commitments to provide funding. The accounting policies of the associate are consistent with those of the Group. 

Business combinations 
At the time of acquisition, the Group considers whether each acquisition represents the acquisition of a business or the acquisition of an 
asset. The Group accounts for an acquisition as a business combination where an integrated set of activities is acquired in addition to 
the property. Where such acquisitions are not judged to be the acquisition of a business, they are not treated as business combinations. 
Rather, the cost to acquire the corporate entity is allocated between the identifiable assets and liabilities of the entity based upon their 
relative fair values at the acquisition date. Accordingly, no goodwill or additional deferred tax arises. 

108 INLAND HOMES
108 INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   108

10/9/2018   8:18:27 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

32. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
Revenue 
Revenue is measured by reference to the fair value of consideration received or receivable by the Group for goods supplied, excluding VAT 
and trade discounts.   

Sale of land and residential units 
Revenue from the sale of land is recognised on legal completion when all the following conditions have been satisfied: 

• the Group has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods which is when contracts have been 

completed, which is when title passes; 

• the Group retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over 

the land sold which is when the contract has been completed; 

• the amount of revenue can be measured reliably; 

• it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Group; and 

• the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably. 

Contract income 
The Group acts as a main contractor on certain building projects, primarily on behalf of Housing Associations where the Group must 
provide social housing units as part of its s106 obligations under the planning consent or has sold the land to the Housing Association 
and entered into a construction contract to provide the completed units. Once the Group considers that the outcome of the contract 
can be reliably estimated, revenue and profit is recognised on the basis of the proportion of the contract that is completed. The stage of 
completion is determined by reference to the valuation certificate provided by a third party surveyor engaged to certify the value of works 
completed at various intervals in respect of the contract sum. 

Golden brick income 
On sites where the Group acts as a main contractor the contract income is usually preceded by a land sale which takes place once 
construction has reached one level of bricks above the damp proof course. This is authorised by an agent of the purchaser and at this 
point title passes. 

Interest receivable 
Interest is recognised using the effective interest method which calculates the amortised cost of a financial asset and allocates the 
interest income over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts 
through the expected life of the financial asset to the net carrying amount of the financial asset. 

Rental income 
Rental income derived from operating leases is recognised on a straight line basis over the lease term. 

Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of depreciation and any provision for impairment. 

The gain or loss arising on the disposal of an asset is determined as the difference between the disposal proceeds and the carrying 
amount of the asset and is recognised in the Group Income Statement. 

Depreciation is calculated to write down the cost less estimated residual value of all property, plant and equipment by the straight line 
method where it reflects the basis of consumption of the asset. The rates generally applicable are: 

Fixtures and fittings 
Office equipment 
Motor vehicles 
Modular housing 
Leasehold property 

- 25% 
- 25% 
- 25% 
- Over useful economic life estimated at 40 years 
- Over shorter of lease term and useful economic life 

Material residual value estimates are reviewed as required, but at least annually. 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES 109
109
INLAND HOMES

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   109

10/9/2018   8:18:27 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

32. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
Investment property 
Investment properties are those properties which are not occupied by the Group and which are held for long term rental yields, capital 
appreciation or both. Investment property also includes property that will be developed for future use as an investment property. 

Investment properties are initially measured at cost, including related transaction costs. At each subsequent reporting date they 
are remeasured to their fair value. Movements in fair value are included in the Group Income Statement. Where the Group employs 
professional valuers the valuations provided are subject to a comprehensive review to ensure they are based on accurate and up-to-date 
tenancy and market information. Discussions are also held with the valuers to test the valuation assumptions applied and comparable 
evidence utilised to ensure they are appropriate in the circumstances. 

Subsequent expenditure is capitalised to the asset’s carrying value only where it is probable that the future economic benefits associated 
with the expenditure will flow to the Group. 

Any gain or loss resulting from the sale of an investment property is immediately recognised in the Group Income Statement. An 
investment property shall be derecognised on disposal. When the Directors consider that the status of the property has changed to 
being a development property it is transferred to inventories. A property is transferred to inventories when it has been decided that the 
units being constructed will be sold and no future rental income is expected. When a partial disposal or transfer is made, the proportion 
relating to the disposal or transfer is derecognised. 

Investments 
Investments are classified as available-for-sale financial assets. They are carried at fair value with changes in the fair value recognised 
in other comprehensive income. Where there is a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of an available for sale financial asset 
(which constitutes objective evidence of impairment), the full amount of the impairment, including any amount previously recognised in 
other comprehensive income, is recognised in profit or loss. Investments in subsidiaries are included in the Company’s balance sheet at 
the lower of cost and recoverable amount. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the income statement. 

Inventories 
Inventories consist of land, trading and work in progress and are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes the 
purchase price of sites, the cost of infrastructure and construction works, and legal and professional fees incurred during development 
prior to sale. Net realisable value is estimated based upon the future expected selling price, less estimated costs to sell. 

Taxation 
Current tax is the tax currently payable based on taxable profit for the period calculated using tax rates and laws substantively enacted at 
the reporting date. 

Deferred income taxes are calculated using the liability method on temporary differences. Deferred tax is generally provided on the 
difference between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. However, deferred tax is not provided on the initial 
recognition of goodwill, nor on the initial recognition of an asset or liability unless the related transaction is a business combination or 
affects tax or accounting profit. Temporary differences include those associated with shares in subsidiaries and joint ventures unless 
reversal of these temporary differences can be controlled by the Group and it is probable that reversal will not occur in the foreseeable 
future. In addition, tax losses available to be carried forward as well as other income tax credits to the Group are assessed for recognition 
as deferred tax assets. 

Deferred tax liabilities are provided in full, with no discounting. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that the 
underlying deductible temporary differences will be able to be offset against future taxable income. Current and deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are calculated at tax rates and laws that are expected to apply to their respective period of realisation, provided they are enacted 
or substantively enacted at the year end date. 

Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised as a component of tax expense in the Group Income Statement except where 
they relate to items that are recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the related deferred tax is also 
recognised in other comprehensive income or equity respectively. 

Leased assets 
Lease payments (excluding costs for services such as insurance and maintenance) applicable to operating leases where substantially all 
the benefits and risks of ownership remain with the lessor are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

110 INLAND HOMES
110 INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   110

10/9/2018   8:18:27 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

32. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
Employee benefits 
Defined contribution retirement benefit scheme 
The pension costs charged against operating profits are the contributions payable to the scheme in respect of the accounting period. 

Equity-settled share-based payment 
All shared-based payment arrangements are recognised in the Group financial statements. All goods and services received in exchange 
for the grant of any share-based payment are measured at their fair values using the Black-Scholes options pricing model for share 
options and the Monte Carlo simulation technique for LTIPs. Where employees are rewarded using share-based payments, the fair values 
of employees’ services are determined indirectly by reference to the fair value of the instrument granted to the employee. This fair value 
is appraised at the grant date and excludes the impact of any non-market vesting conditions. The Black-Scholes model is used to value 
the share options because it relies on fixed inputs and the options do not have non-standard features. The Monte Carlo simulation is more 
suitable to value LTIPs as they depend on the share price changing over time and therefore have more complex vesting conditions than the 
share options. 

All equity-settled share-based payments are ultimately recognised as an expense in the Group Income Statement with a corresponding 
credit to retained earnings. 

If vesting periods or other non-market vesting conditions apply, the expense is allocated over the vesting period, based on the best 
available estimate of the number of share options or LTIPs expected to vest. Estimates are subsequently revised if there is any indication 
that the number of share options or LTIPs expected to vest differs from previous estimates. Any cumulative adjustment prior to vesting is 
recognised in the current period. No adjustment is made to any expense recognised in prior periods if share options or LTIPs ultimately 
exercised are different to that estimated on vesting. 

Upon exercise of the share options or LTIPs the proceeds received net of attributed transaction costs are credited to share capital and, 
where appropriate, share premium. 

Employee Benefit Trust 
The Directors consider that the Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) is under the de facto control of the Company as the trustees look to the 
Directors to determine how to dispense the assets. Therefore the assets and liabilities of the EBT have been consolidated into the Group 
accounts. The EBT’s investment in the Company’s shares is eliminated on consolidation and shown as a deduction against equity. Any 
assets in the EBT will cease to be recognised in the Group Statement of Financial Position when those assets vest unconditionally in 
identified beneficiaries. 

Financial assets 
Financial assets are divided into the following categories: loans and receivables and financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. 
Financial assets are assigned to the different categories by management on initial recognition, depending on the purpose for which they 
were acquired. 

Financial assets are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets other 
than those categorised as at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs. Financial assets 
categorised at fair value through profit or loss are recognised initially at fair value with transaction costs expensed through the Group 
Income Statement. 

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. 
Trade receivables and loans to associates and joint ventures are classified as loans and receivables. Loans and receivables are measured 
subsequent to initial recognition at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. Any change in their 
value through impairment or reversal of impairment is recognised in the Group Income Statement. 

Provision against trade receivables is made when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due to 
it in accordance with the original terms of those receivables. The amount of the write-down is determined as the difference between the 
asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. 

Interest and other income resulting from holding financial assets are recognised in the Group Income Statement. 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES 111
111
INLAND HOMES

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   111

10/9/2018   8:18:27 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Notes to the financial statements 

for the year ended 30 June 2018 continued

32. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
A financial asset is derecognised only where the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or the financial asset is 
transferred and that transfer qualifies for derecognition. A financial asset is transferred if the contractual rights to receive the cash 
flows of the asset have been transferred or the Group retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flow of the asset, but assumes 
a contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to one or more recipients. A financial asset that is transferred qualifies for derecognition 
if the Group transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset, or if the Group neither retains nor transfers 
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership but does transfer control of that asset. 

Borrowing costs 
The Group capitalises borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset as part of 
the cost of that asset where developments are considered to fall under the requirements of IAS 23 Borrowing Costs (Revised). Qualifying 
assets are those which are being constructed over a significant period of time, which the Group interprets to be over 12 months, and are 
complex in their nature. The majority of the Group’s sites involve the development of large volumes of properties in a repetitive manner. 
The Group therefore expenses borrowing costs relating to such developments in the period to which they relate through the income 
statement using the effective interest method which calculates the amortised cost of a financial asset and allocates the interest income 
over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected 
life of the financial asset to the net carrying amount of the financial asset. Currently, the Group capitalises borrowing costs only in 
relation to the site at Wilton Park and its joint venture site at Cheshunt as these are the only sites that are considered sufficiently complex 
in nature and will take over 12 months to develop. 

Financial liabilities 
Financial liabilities are obligations to pay cash or other financial assets and are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument. 

All financial liabilities are recorded at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest-related charges recognised as an 
expense in finance cost in the Group Income Statement. Finance charges, including premiums payable on settlement or redemption and 
direct issue costs, are charged to the Group Income Statement on an accruals basis using the effective interest method and are added to 
the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the period in which they arise. 

A financial liability is derecognised only when the obligation is extinguished, that is, when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or 
expires. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and demand deposits, together with other short term, highly liquid investments that are 
readily convertible into known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. 

Dividends 
Dividend distributions payable to equity shareholders are included in other short term financial liabilities when the dividends are approved 
in a general meeting prior to the year end date. Interim dividends are recognised when paid. 

112 INLAND HOMES
112 INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   112

10/9/2018   8:18:27 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Five year summary

Year ended 30 June

Revenue
Profit before tax

Inventories

Cash
Gross debt
Net debt
Net gearing (%)

IFRS
  EPRA

Net assets
IFRS
  EPRA

Earnings per share (p)
  Basic
  Diluted

Dividend per share (p)

IFRS

  Distribution of year’s earnings

Net asset value per share (p)

IFRS

  EPRA - diluted
  EPRA - undiluted

Private housing units sold
Land plots sold
Costruction contract equivalent units

2018
£m
147.4
19.3

2017
£m
 90.7 
 19.6 

2016
£m
 101.9 
 33.7 

2015
£m
 114.2 
 34.9 

2014
£m
 58.9 
 9.6 

136.2

 139.9 

 148.4 

 121.8 

 104.3 

40.4
120.1
 79.7 

56.0
38.6

 26.5 
 94.5 
 68.0 

52.1
35.0

 16.7 
 71.3 
 54.6 

46.9
29.3

142.4
206.7

 130.6 
 194.4 

 116.3
 184.7 

 21.4 
 56.3 
 34.9 

38.9
n/a

 88.8 
n/a

7.64
7.30

 1.85 
2.20

70.46
98.03
102.28

 275 
837
79

 7.82 
 7.46 

 1.40 
 1.70 

 64.62 
 91.88 
 96.22 

 188 
 780 
 37 

 14.01 
 13.38 

 15.01 
 14.09 

 1.10 
 1.30 

 0.60 
 1.00 

 57.66 
 88.22 
 92.34 

 147 
 425 
 21 

 43.92 
 n/a 
 n/a 

 248 
 440 
 39 

 11.1 
 51.9 
 40.8 

66.9
n/a

 61.1 
n/a

 3.46 
 3.26 

 0.27 
 0.60 

 29.63 
 n/a 
 n/a 

 114 
 169 
 16 

Land bank plots

6,870

 6,776 

 6,681 

 5,176 

 3,734 

Plots with planning permission and resolution  
to grant planning consent
Plots without planning permission

1,708
5,162

 2,105 
 4,671 

 1,163 
 5,518 

 1,200 
 3,976 

 1,318 
 2,416 

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES 113
113
INLAND HOMES

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   113

10/9/2018   8:18:27 PM

 
 
 
 
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

List of definitions

Accident Frequency Rate (AFR) 
The Accident Frequency Rate is a way of measuring the accidents we have based on a category of accident which is reportable to the 
Health and Safety Executive under RIDDOR.

Affordable Housing
Social rented and intermediate housing provided to specified eligible households whose needs are not met by the market, at a cost low 
enough for them to afford, determined with regard to local incomes and local house prices.

Brownfield site
Land which has been previously used or built upon.

Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL)
The CIL is a levy payable by developers to local authorities in England and Wales to help deliver infrastructure to support the development 
of the area.

Construction Skills Certification Scheme (CSCS)
CSCS is the leading skills certification scheme within the UK construction industry. CSCS cards provide proof that individuals working 
on construction sites have the required training and qualifications for the type of work they carry out. The scheme keeps a database of 
people working in construction who have achieved or are committed to achieving a recognised construction-related qualification.

Diluted figures
Reported results adjusted to include the effects of potential dilutive shares issuable under the Group’s share option plans, LTIPs and 
deferred bonus schemes.

Display screen equipment (DSE) assessments
These assessments are not only a legal requirement but can help combat musculoskeletal disorders, reduced concentration levels and 
other ill-health effects that are symptomatic of time spent at poorly-designed workstations.

Earnings/earnings per share (EPS)
Earnings represent the profit or loss for the year attributable to equity shareholders and are divided by the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares in issue during the financial year to arrive at earnings per share.

European Public Real Estate Association (EPRA)
A not-for-profit association with a membership of Europe’s leading property companies, investors and consultants which strives to 
establish best practices in accounting, reporting and corporate governance and to provide high-quality information to investors. EPRA 
published its latest Best Practices Recommendations in November 2016. This includes guidelines for the calculation of the following 
performance measures which the Group has adopted:

• EPRA net asset value per share

NAV adjusted to include land and properties and other investment interests at fair value and to exclude certain items not expected to 
crystallise in a long term investment property business model.

• EPRA triple net asset value per share

EPRA NAV adjusted to include the fair values of (i) financial instruments, (ii) debt and (iii) deferred taxes on revaluations, where 
applicable.

Forest Stewardship Council (FSC)
FSC runs a global forest certification system with two key components; forest management and chain of custody. This system allows 
consumers to identify, purchase and use wood, paper and other forest products produced from well-managed forests and/or recycled 
materials. FSC’s “tick tree” logo is used to indicate that products are certified under the FSC system.

General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR)
GDPR enforces rules that protect people against a wide variety of privacy issues and took effect on 25 May 2018. It enforces the right 
for people to lawfully agree with companies to use their private information. It also enforces the right for people to have their private 
information no longer accessible by a company and that users have the right to allow their private information to become public or not. 
The regulation also makes sure that no personal data is processed unless the user has allowed the processor of personal data to do so.

114 INLAND HOMES
114 INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   114

10/9/2018   8:18:28 PM

FINANCIALS // ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 

Golden brick
The ‘golden brick’ is the first brick laid above the foundation level. At this point, the house builder can zero rate the sale of land that will 
form the site of a building provided a building is clearly under construction.

Headroom
This is the amount left to draw under the Group’s loan facilities (i.e. the total loan facilities less amounts already drawn).

Help to Buy
The Help to Buy equity loan scheme is a government scheme which provides equity loans to both first-time buyers and home movers 
on newly constructed homes worth up to £600,000 in England. Buyers have to contribute at least 5% of the property price as a deposit 
and obtain a mortgage of up to 75% and the government provides a loan for up to 20% of the price. The Help to Buy mortgage guarantee 
scheme helps people to buy a home worth up to £600,000 in the UK with a 5% deposit to obtain a 95% mortgage. The government gives a 
guarantee to the lender of up to 15% of the value of the property.

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
Activities and behaviours, aligned to both business objectives and individual goals, against which the performance of the Group is annually 
assessed. Performance measured against them is referenced in the Annual Report.

Net asset value (NAV) per share
Equity shareholders’ funds divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue at the balance sheet date.

Net debt
Borrowings plus accrued ZDP liability less cash and cash equivalents.

Net gearing/EPRA net gearing
Loans and accrued ZDP liability less cash as a proportion of IFRS and EPRA net asset value respectively.

Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC) 
The Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC) is an international non-profit, non-governmental organisation 
dedicated to promoting sustainable forest management through independent third-party certification. It works throughout the entire 
forest supply chain to promote good practice in the forest and to ensure that timber and non-timber forest products are produced with 
respect for the highest ecological, social and ethical standards. Its eco-label means customers and consumers are able to identify 
products from sustainably managed forests.

Planning permission
Usually granted by the local planning authority, this permission allows a plot of land to be built on, change its use or, for an existing 
building, be redeveloped or altered. Permission is either ‘outline’ when detailed plans are still to be approved, or ‘detailed’ when detailed 
plans have been approved.

Recurring profit before tax
Profit before tax after excluding any revaluation gains or losses.

Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations (RIDDOR)
RIDDOR refers to the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 2013. The regulations require an employer 
to report any absence by an employee of seven days or more caused by an accident at work to the Health and Safety Executive.

Section 106 planning agreements (s106)
These are legally-binding agreements or planning obligations entered into between a landowner and a local planning authority, under 
section 106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990. These agreements are a way of delivering or addressing matters that are 
necessary to make a development acceptable in planning terms. They are increasingly used to support the provision of services and 
infrastructure, such as highways, recreational facilities, education, health and affordable housing.

Site Management Safety Training Scheme (SMSTS)
This is a course for anyone who has responsibilities for ensuring the Health and Safety of construction site employees.

Social Housing
Housing that is let at low rents and on a secure basis to people with housing need. It is generally provided by councils and not-for-profit 
organisations such as housing associations.

www.inlandhomesplc.com

INLAND HOMES 115
115
INLAND HOMES

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   115

10/9/2018   8:18:28 PM

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 // FINANCIALS

Advisers and company information

Company registration number
5482990

Company Secretary
Nishith Malde FCA

Nominated adviser and broker
Panmure Gordon (UK) Limited 
One New Change 
London
EC4M 9AF

Solicitor
Dorsey & Whitney (Europe) LLP 
199 Bishopsgate 
London 
EC2M 3UT

Auditor
BDO LLP 
Chartered Accountants 
Statutory Auditor 
55 Baker Street 
London 
W1U 7EU

Banker
Barclays Bank plc 
Fourth Floor 
Apex Plaza 
Forbury Road 
Reading 
Berkshire 
RG1 1AX

Financial PR Consultants
FTI Consulting 
200 Aldersgate 
Aldersgate Street 
London 
EC1A 4HD

Registrar
Link Asset Services
6th floor 
65 Gresham Street 
London 
EC2V 7NQ

Inland Homes plc

Registered office and website
Decimal Place 
Chiltern Avenue 
Amersham 
Buckinghamshire 
HP6 5FG

Tel: 01494 762450 
Fax: 01494 765897 
Email: info@inlandplc.com

Investor website:  
www.inlandhomesplc.com 

House sales website:  
www.inlandhomes.co.uk

116 INLAND HOMES
116 INLAND HOMES

Stock code: INL
Stock code: INL

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   116

10/9/2018   8:18:28 PM

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   6

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7

10/9/2018   8:17:12 PM

Inland Homes plc 
Decimal Place 
Chiltern Avenue 
Amersham 
Buckinghamshire 
HP6 5FG

01494 762450 
info@inlandplc.com

House sales website: 
www.inlandhomes.co.uk

Investor website: 
www.inlandhomesplc.com

I

n

l

a

n

d

h

o

m

e

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

0

J

u

n

e

2

0

1

8

S

t

o

c

k

C

o

d

e

:

I

N

L

Inland Homes Annual Report 2018.indd   1

10/9/2018   8:17:09 PM

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7 

26133 

  9 October 2018 8:15 PM 

  Proof 7